WO2024001943A1 - Search method and system, and related apparatus - Google Patents

Search method and system, and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024001943A1
WO2024001943A1 PCT/CN2023/102072 CN2023102072W WO2024001943A1 WO 2024001943 A1 WO2024001943 A1 WO 2024001943A1 CN 2023102072 W CN2023102072 W CN 2023102072W WO 2024001943 A1 WO2024001943 A1 WO 2024001943A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
search
information
terminal
level
interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/102072
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曹坤
宋艺馨
吴钒潞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024001943A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024001943A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/95Retrieval from the web
    • G06F16/953Querying, e.g. by the use of web search engines
    • G06F16/9535Search customisation based on user profiles and personalisation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/95Retrieval from the web
    • G06F16/953Querying, e.g. by the use of web search engines
    • G06F16/9538Presentation of query results
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0483Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a search method, system and related devices.
  • the user can search for the creature through an app on their smartphone.
  • the smartphone can request the server to search web pages related to the creature, and the search results can be presented to the user through the smartphone.
  • the search results obtained using the above method include a lot of content that has nothing to do with the creature.
  • the search results include products, stocks, advertisements, etc. related to "panda”.
  • the user needs to search among many search results. Searching for information related to creatures such as "pandas” will increase the time consumed and reduce the efficiency of users in obtaining effective information.
  • the present application provides a search method, system and related devices.
  • the method can display the entry information of one or more search objects related to the search information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the search information input by the user.
  • the term information of the search object includes the name and level of the search object.
  • the terminal may display the encyclopedia information of the first search object obtained from the server, and the display style of the encyclopedia information of the first search object may correspond to the level of the first search object.
  • the method can also display on the terminal, based on the location information of the terminal, pictures of animals and plants whose habitats are closer to the terminal location than the first distance threshold, endangered levels, distances from the terminal location and other information.
  • this application provides a search method, which includes: a terminal displays a first interface, the first interface includes a search box, and the search box is used to receive search information input by the user; the terminal receives the first search information input by the user; In response to the first search information, the terminal displays a second interface.
  • the second interface includes a search box and a drop-down list.
  • the search box includes the first search information.
  • the drop-down list includes the first entry information of the first search object.
  • the first search The object is related to the first search information, and the first term information includes the name of the first search object and the level of the first search object; the terminal receives the first search operation; in response to the first search operation, the terminal sends a first search request to the server ; The terminal receives the encyclopedia information of the first search object sent by the server, and the encyclopedia information of the first search object includes the first search result of the first search object; the terminal displays a third interface, and the third interface includes the first search of the first search object. Result; wherein, the first search result of the first search object includes at least one of the following information: the name of the first search object, the description information of the first search object, the related search information of the first search object, and the first search object's picture.
  • the first search result of the first search object displayed on the terminal comes from the encyclopedia information of the first search object.
  • the user can directly obtain the encyclopedia information of the first search object and avoid being interfered by irrelevant information such as advertisements and stocks.
  • the user can learn more about the search object before searching.
  • the drop-down list also includes second term information of the second search object, the second search object is related to the first search information, and the second piece of information includes the name of the second search object and the second term information of the second search object.
  • the level of the search object is not limited to the first search information.
  • the terminal determines the first entry information from the terminal's encyclopedia based on the first search information, where multiple entry information is stored in the encyclopedia.
  • the terminal before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal sends a second search request to the server, where the second search request includes the first search information; and the terminal receives the first entry information from the server.
  • the terminal sends a second search request to the server, where the second search request includes the first search information; and the terminal receives the first entry information from the server.
  • the second interface also includes a search control, and the search control is used to trigger the search for search information;
  • the terminal receives the first search operation, which specifically includes: the terminal receives the user's operation on the search control in the second interface;
  • the terminal determines that the first search request includes a first search object, where the first search object is the search object with the strongest correlation with the first search information.
  • the terminal receives the first search operation, which specifically includes: the terminal receives the user's selection operation for the first term information.
  • the drop-down list is located below the search box.
  • the level of the first search object is different from the level of the second search object, and the display style of the level in the first entry information is different from the display style of the level in the second entry information.
  • the user can quickly and intuitively determine the level of the first search object through the display style of the level in the first term information. Reduce the time it takes for users to obtain levels.
  • the first term information also includes a picture of the first search object.
  • the encyclopedia information of the first search object also includes the level of the first search object; in the terminal display third interface, the level of the first search object is displayed in the first display style, and the first display style Corresponds to the level of the first search object.
  • the user can quickly and intuitively determine the level of the first search object through the level display style in the third interface. Reduce the time it takes for users to obtain levels.
  • the first search request includes the location of the terminal; after the terminal sends the first search request to the server, the terminal receives one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, where the one or more animals and plants are The distance between the habitat and the location of the terminal is less than the first distance threshold for animals and plants.
  • the one or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal and plant, the endangered level of the animal and plant, the picture of the animal and plant, and the habitat and terminal of the animal and plant. distance between locations; the terminal displays one or more animal and plant information.
  • the terminal can also receive a second operation from the user; in response to the second operation, the terminal sends the location of the terminal to the server; the terminal receives one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, wherein one or more Each animal or plant is an animal or plant whose distance between the habitat and the terminal location is less than the first distance threshold.
  • the one or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal or plant, the endangered level of the animal or plant, the picture of the animal or plant, and the information of the animal or plant.
  • the level of the first search object is an endangered level.
  • the level of the first search object is the scenic spot level.
  • this application provides a search system, including: a terminal and a server.
  • the terminal is used to display a first interface, the first interface includes a search box, and the search box is used to receive search information input by the user; the terminal is also used to receive the first search information input by the user; the terminal is used to respond to the first search information,
  • a second interface is displayed.
  • the second interface includes a search box and a drop-down list.
  • the search box includes first search information.
  • the drop-down list includes first entry information of the first search object.
  • the first search object is related to the first search information.
  • the first entry information includes the name of the first search object and the level of the first search object; the terminal is used to receive the first search operation; the terminal is used to respond to the first search operation and send a first search request to the server; the terminal is used to Receive encyclopedia information of the first search object sent by the server, and the encyclopedia information of the first search object includes the first search result of the first search object; the terminal is also used to display a third interface, and the third interface includes the first search result of the first search object. Search results; wherein, the first search result of the first search object includes at least one of the following information: the name of the first search object, the description information of the first search object, the related search information of the first search object and the first search object picture of.
  • the server is configured to receive the first search request sent by the terminal; the server is also configured to respond to the first search request and send encyclopedia information of the first search object to the terminal.
  • the drop-down list in the second interface displayed by the terminal also includes second entry information of the second search object, the second search object is related to the first search information, and the second piece of information includes the The name of the second search object and the level of the second search object.
  • the terminal before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal is also configured to determine the first entry information from the terminal's encyclopedia database based on the first search information, where multiple entry information is stored in the encyclopedia database. .
  • the terminal before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal is also used to send a second search request to the server.
  • the second search request includes the first search information; the terminal receives the first entry information from the server.
  • the server is configured to receive the second search request sent by the terminal; the server is also configured to determine the term information of the first search object based on the second search request; and the server is configured to send the term information of the first search object to the terminal.
  • the second interface also includes a search control, and the search control is used to trigger the search for search information; the terminal is used to receive the user's operation on the search control in the second interface; the terminal is used to respond to the search control The operation of determining that the first search request includes a first search object, wherein the first search object is the search object with the strongest correlation with the first search information.
  • the terminal is configured to receive a user's selection operation for the first term information.
  • the drop-down list is located below the search box.
  • the level of the first search object is different from the level of the second search object, and the display style of the level in the first entry information is different from the display style of the level in the second entry information.
  • the first term information also includes a picture of the first search object.
  • the encyclopedia information of the first search object also includes the level of the first search object; in the terminal display third interface, the level of the first search object is displayed in the first display style, and the first display style Corresponds to the level of the first search object.
  • the first search request includes the location of the terminal; after the terminal sends the first search request to the server, the terminal is also configured to receive one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, wherein one or more Animals and plants are animals and plants whose distance between the habitat and the terminal location is less than the first distance threshold.
  • One or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal and plant, the endangered level of the animal and plant, the picture of the animal and plant, and the habitat of the animal and plant.
  • the distance between the ground and the location of the terminal; the terminal is used to display one or more animal and plant information.
  • the server is used to determine the one or more animal and plant information based on the location of the terminal; the server is also used to send the one or more animal and plant information to the terminal.
  • the terminal can also be used to receive a second operation from the user; the terminal is used to send the location of the terminal to the server in response to the second operation; the terminal is used to receive one or more animals and plants sent by the server.
  • Information wherein one or more animals and plants are animals and plants whose distance between the habitat and the terminal location is less than a first distance threshold, and the one or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal and plant, the endangered level of the animal and plant, the animal and plant The distance between pictures of plants and habitats of animals and plants and the location of the terminal; the terminal is used to display one or more animal and plant information.
  • the server is used to determine the one or more animal and plant information based on the location of the terminal; the server is also used to send the one or more animal and plant information to the terminal.
  • the level of the first search object is an endangered level.
  • the level of the first search object is the scenic spot level.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, which is a terminal and includes one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes.
  • the computer program codes include computer instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the communication device to perform Search method in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium that includes computer instructions.
  • the terminal is caused to perform the search method in any of the possible implementations of any of the above aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the search method in any of the possible implementations of any of the above aspects.
  • Figure 1A provides an architecture of a system 10 according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 1B is an interface 1000 for displaying web page index results provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2A shows the hardware structure of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2B shows the hardware structure of an electronic device 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 shows the hardware structure of a server 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figures 4A-4F are a set of interfaces for displaying term information of a search object in a drop-down list of a search box provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figures 5A-5E are a set of interfaces for displaying search results provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • Figures 6A-6B are a set of interfaces for displaying endangerment level information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 7A-7B are a set of interfaces for displaying encyclopedia content of animals and plants provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 8A-8C are a set of interfaces for switching the language of search results provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is an interface for displaying search results of related search terms provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of a search method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of another search method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a method for displaying information on nearby animals and plants provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 13 is a functional module diagram of a system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and shall not be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” The meaning is two or more.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • FIG. 1A shows a schematic architectural diagram of a system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system 10 may include a terminal 11 and a server 12, and there is a communication connection between the terminal 11 and the server 12.
  • the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart watch, a television, and other electronic devices with a display screen and a camera.
  • the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone as shown in FIG. 1A , or other electronic devices such as a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not place any special restrictions on the specific type of the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 usually supports a variety of application programs, such as camera programs, image management programs, image processing programs, word processing programs, phone applications, email programs, instant messaging programs, network communication programs, media player programs, geographical location positioning programs, Time management programs and more.
  • the server 12 can be a Linux server, a Windows server, or other server equipment that can provide simultaneous access to multiple devices, or it can be a server cluster composed of multiple regions, multiple computer rooms, and multiple servers.
  • Server 12 usually supports message storage and distribution programs, multi-user access management programs, large-scale data storage programs, large-scale data processing programs, data redundancy backup programs, etc.
  • the communication connection between the terminal 11 and the server 12 may be a wireless connection or a wired connection.
  • Wireless connections can include, but are not limited to, long-distance connections based on mobile networks based on 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G and subsequent standard protocols. Wireless connections are also wireless local area network (WLAN) connections, high-fidelity wireless communications (wireless fidelity) , Wi-Fi) connection, Bluetooth connection, infrared connection, near field communication (near field communication, NFC) connection, ZigBee and other short-range connections that will appear in subsequent developments.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the terminal 11 can send a search request to the server 12 through the above communication connection, and request the server 12 to send the search results to the terminal 11.
  • the server 12 can send the search results to the terminal 11 through the communication connection.
  • the embodiment of this application introduces a search method based on web page index.
  • the terminal 11 can send a search request to the server 12, and request the server 12 to send search results to the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 can obtain the search object input by the user, send a search request to the server 12, and request the server 12 to send the search object to the terminal 11.
  • the web page index results obtained based on the search object include hyperlinks to one or more web pages.
  • the server 12 can obtain one or more web pages related to the search object according to the web page index, sort and render the one or more web pages related to the search object, and obtain the web page index results.
  • the web page index result is returned to the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 can present the web page index result to the user.
  • the terminal 11 may display the corresponding secondary details page in response to the user's click operation on any web page hyperlink in the web page index results.
  • FIG. 1B shows an interface 1000 for displaying web page index results.
  • the interface 1000 may include a search box 1001 and one or more web page information (eg, web page information one 1002 , web page information two 1003 , and web page information three 1004 , etc.).
  • web page information one 1002 web page information one 1002
  • web page information two 1003 web page information two 1003
  • web page information three 1004 etc.
  • the search box 1001 can be used to display the search object of the search, that is, "panda”.
  • One or more web page information may include any one or more of the following: encyclopedia web page information, stock web page information, news web page information, advertising web page information, etc. and the search object "Panda" web page information.
  • Each web page information can include web page hyperlinks, pictures and web page introduction.
  • the webpage hyperlink can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the corresponding second-level details page.
  • the picture can be any picture in the above-mentioned second-level details page.
  • the webpage introduction is used to introduce the webpage content of the second-level details page.
  • Web page information 1002 is Panda Encyclopedia web page information.
  • Web page information 1002 may include web page hyperlinks 1002a, pictures 1002b, and web page introductions 1002c.
  • the web page hyperlink 1002a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the secondary details page of Panda Encyclopedia, and the web page hyperlink 1002a can be presented in the form of a web page title "Panda Encyclopedia".
  • Picture 1002b can be any picture in the Panda Encyclopedia web page.
  • the webpage introduction 1002c is used to introduce the webpage content of the panda encyclopedia webpage.
  • the webpage introduction 1002c may be "Panda generally refers to giant pandas and is a protected animal.”
  • Web page information two 1003 is Panda stock web page information
  • web page information three 1004 is news web page information.
  • the interface of web page index results displayed on the terminal 11 can only provide the user with web page information related to panda-related web pages, and the user needs to enter the secondary details page to obtain the encyclopedia information of pandas.
  • the web page index results will include a lot of unnecessary information, such as stocks, news or advertisements, etc., which will reduce search efficiency.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a search method, which can display the term information of one or more search objects related to the search information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the search information input by the user.
  • the term information of the search object includes the name and level of the search object.
  • the terminal may display the encyclopedia information of the first search object obtained from the server, and the display style of the encyclopedia information of the first search object may correspond to the level of the first search object.
  • the method can also display on the terminal, based on the location information of the terminal, pictures of animals and plants whose habitats are closer to the terminal location than the first distance threshold, endangered levels, distances from the terminal location and other information.
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) digital assistant (PDA), augmented reality (AR) device, virtual reality (VR) device, artificial intelligence (AI) device, wearable device, vehicle-mounted device, smart home device and/or Smart city equipment, the embodiment of this application does not place special restrictions on the specific type of electronic equipment.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • AI artificial intelligence
  • wearable device wearable device
  • vehicle-mounted device smart home device and/or Smart city equipment
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • a processor 110 an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently.
  • the components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor (ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • NPU neural network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, the wireless communication module 160, and the like.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • System global navigation satellite system, GNSS
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • near field communication technology near field communication, NFC
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , demodulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi) -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include a or Multiple GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD).
  • the display panel can also use an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active matrix organic light-emitting diode (OLED).
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • OLED active matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • OLED active matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise and brightness. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • NPU is a neural network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural network
  • Intelligent cognitive applications of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, etc.
  • the internal memory 121 may include one or more random access memories (RAM) and one or more non-volatile memories (NVM).
  • RAM random access memories
  • NVM non-volatile memories
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • Microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
  • the headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch device”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near the touch sensor 180K.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 at a location different from that of the display screen 194 .
  • the buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc.
  • Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 2B shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 200.
  • the electronic device 200 may include: a processor 201 , a memory 202 , a display module 203 , a power module 204 , a communication module 205 and a camera module 206 . in:
  • Processor 201 may be used to read and execute computer readable instructions.
  • the processor 201 may mainly include a controller, arithmetic unit, and registers.
  • the controller is mainly responsible for decoding instructions and issuing control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions.
  • the arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for saving register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during instruction execution.
  • the hardware architecture of the processor 201 may be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a MIPS architecture, an ARM architecture or an NP architecture, etc.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the processor 201 may be used to parse signals received by the communication module 205, such as search results or display information sent by the server, and so on. In some embodiments, the processor 201 can also be used to parse images acquired by the camera module 206, determine search objects, and so on.
  • Memory 202 is coupled to processor 201 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions.
  • the memory 202 may include high-speed random access memory.
  • the memory 202 may also include non-volatile memory.
  • Memory 202 may store communication programs that may be used to communicate with electronic device 100 or other devices.
  • the memory 202 can also store operating systems, such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux and other embedded operating systems.
  • the memory 202 may store an encyclopedia library, which may include an encyclopedia of animals and plants, an encyclopedia of mineral resources, a city encyclopedia, and so on.
  • the electronic device 200 may also include a display module 203.
  • the display module 203 may be used to display a user interaction interface.
  • the user interaction interface may be used to prompt the user to perform input operations, and may also be used to display the user's input operations and the results of the input operations. result.
  • the power module 204 can be used to provide system power for the electronic device 200, power each module of the electronic device 200, and support the electronic device 200 to receive charging input, etc.
  • the power module 204 may include a power management unit (PMU) and a battery.
  • PMU power management unit
  • the power management unit can receive external charging input; provide the electrical signal input by the charging circuit to charge the battery; and can also provide the electrical signal provided by the battery to other modules in the electronic device 200 to prevent the battery from overcharging and over-discharging. , short circuit or overcurrent, etc.
  • the power module 204 may also include a wireless charging coil for wirelessly charging the electronic device 200 .
  • the power management unit can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the communication module 205 may be used to establish a communication connection with the electronic device 100 .
  • the communication module 205 may include a wired communication module and/or a wireless communication module.
  • the wired communication module may include one or more input/output interfaces, and the input/output interfaces may be used to provide a wired communication connection between the electronic device 200 and the electronic device 100 .
  • the input/output interface may be a USB interface.
  • the wireless communication module may include a Bluetooth communication module.
  • the communication module 205 may also include an antenna.
  • the communication module 205 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 201 .
  • the communication module 205 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 201, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna for radiation.
  • the camera module 206 can be used to take pictures or video. In some embodiments, the image captured by the camera module 206 can be used as an image input to determine the search object.
  • the electronic device 200 may also include buttons, sensors (not shown in FIG. 2B), and the like.
  • the buttons can be physical buttons or touch buttons (used in conjunction with touch sensors), etc., used to trigger operations such as power on, power off, pause, play, record, start pairing, reset, etc.
  • the touch sensor can detect the user's touch operations such as single click, double click, multiple clicks, long press, heavy pressure, etc. It can also perform user fingerprint recognition to authenticate the user's identity in security-sensitive business scenarios.
  • the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 2B is only an example, and the electronic device 200 may have more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 2B , two or more components may be combined, or Can have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the hardware structure of the terminal 11 may refer to the hardware structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 2A , or the hardware structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 2B .
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a server 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • server 300 may include: one or more network device processors 301, memory 302, communication interface 303, transmitter 305, receiver 306, coupler 307, and antenna 308. These components can be connected through the bus 304 or other means.
  • Figure 3 takes the connection through the bus as an example. in:
  • Communication interface 303 may be used by server 300 to communicate with other communication devices, such as electronic devices used by consumers of the items.
  • the communication interface 303 may be a 3G communication interface, a Long Term Evolution (LTE) (4G) communication interface, a 5G communication interface, a WLAN communication interface, a WAN communication interface, etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 5G Fifth Generation
  • WLAN Wireless Fidelity
  • WAN Wide Area Network
  • transmitter 305 and receiver 306 may be viewed as a wireless modem.
  • the transmitter 305 may be used to transmit and process the signal output by the network device processor 301.
  • Receiver 306 may be used to receive signals.
  • the number of the transmitter 305 and the receiver 306 may be one or more.
  • the antenna 308 may be used to convert electromagnetic energy in the transmission line into electromagnetic waves in free space, or to convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in the transmission line.
  • the coupler 307 can be used to split the mobile communication signal into multiple channels and distribute them to multiple receivers 306 . It can be understood that the antenna 308 of the network device can be implemented as a large-scale antenna array.
  • Memory 302 is coupled to network device processor 301 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions.
  • the memory 302 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 302 can store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as the system), such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux and other embedded operating systems.
  • the memory 302 may also store a network communication program that may be used to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the memory 302 can store the implementation program of the data analysis method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and so on.
  • the network device processor 301 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions.
  • the network device processor 301 can be used to call a program stored in the memory 302, such as an implementation program of the data analysis method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application, and execute instructions contained in the program.
  • server 300 shown in FIG. 3 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the server 300 may also include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
  • the hardware structure of the server 12 may refer to the hardware structure of the server 300 shown in FIG. 3 above.
  • the terminal 11 when the terminal 11 displays a desktop including multiple application icons, it may receive the user's operation to open the search information input interface (for example, a sliding operation, a click operation on an application icon, a pull-up or pull-down operation, etc. etc.), the terminal 11 may respond to this operation by displaying a search information input interface for the user to input search information.
  • the search information input interface may be a full search interface of a mobile phone (a negative one-screen interface), a browser interface, or a search interface in an application or application software, etc.
  • the terminal 11 may display a drop-down list of the search box in response to the search information input by the user (for example, text information, picture information, voice information, image information, etc.), and display one or more search box related information in the drop-down list of the search box.
  • the search information is related to the term information of the search object.
  • the term information includes the name and level of the search object. In some embodiments, the term information may also include a picture of the search object.
  • the terminal 11 displays an interface 400
  • the interface 400 may be a desktop.
  • the interface 400 displays a page on which application icons are placed.
  • the page includes multiple application icons (for example, a browser application icon 401, a stock application icon, a calculator application icon, etc.), and the page on which the application icons are placed is
  • a page indicator 402 is also displayed at the bottom of the page to indicate the total number of pages on the interface 400 and the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages.
  • the interface 400 may include three pages, and the black dot in the page indicator is located at the first position from the left, which may indicate that the currently displayed page is the first page from the left among the three pages.
  • a status bar 403 is also displayed above the page where the application icon is placed.
  • the status bar 403 may include information such as a strength indicator of the communication signal, a power value, and time.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's right sliding operation on the interface 400 and display the interface 410 as shown in FIG. 4B .
  • the interface 410 may include a user switching control 411 , a search box 412 , a search control 413 , a shortcut area 414 and a service area 415 . in:
  • the user switching control 411 can be used to switch user accounts.
  • Search box 412 may be used to display user input.
  • the search control 413 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to send a search request to the server 12, and display the search results sent by the server 12 on the terminal 11.
  • the shortcut area 414 can be used to display one or more shortcut controls (eg, animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a, scan code control, payment code control, more application controls, etc.). Taking the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a as an example, the terminal 11 can display one or more nearby animal and plant information in response to the user's click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a, for example, displaying the interface 520 shown in Figure 5C below.
  • Service area 415 may be used to display one or more service bars (eg, sports and health bar, schedule bar, weather bar, etc.).
  • the sports and health bar 416 may include a service theme 416a, and the service theme 416a may include icons and/or text for prompting the services provided by the sports and health bar 416.
  • Sports and health column 416 The step number 416b may also be included, and the step number 416b is used to prompt the user to take the number of steps taken that day.
  • the sports health column 416 may also include energy consumption 416c and mileage information 416d.
  • the energy consumption 416c is used to remind the user of the calorie consumption corresponding to the number of steps taken that day
  • the mileage information 416d is used to prompt the user the mileage corresponding to the number of steps walked that day.
  • the number of steps taken by the user that day was 8769
  • the energy consumed was 186 kcal
  • the corresponding mileage was 6.27 kilometers.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the search information input by the user for the search box 412 in the interface 410 and display the interface 420 as shown in FIG. 4C .
  • the interface 420 may include a search box 421 , a drop-down list 422 of the search box, one or more search object terms related to the search information (such as bear terms 423 and panda terms 424 ), and a cancel control. 425 and search control 426.
  • search box 421 and the search control 426 For specific descriptions of the search box 421 and the search control 426, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, and will not be described again here.
  • Cancel control 425 can be used to clear the text displayed in search box 421.
  • the drop-down list 422 of the search box may be used to display one or more search object terms related to the search information.
  • the bear entry 423 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the bear search result interface.
  • the panda entry 424 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a panda search result interface (for example, the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A below).
  • the entry of the search object displays the entry information, including the name, level and image of the search object, where the level of the search object can be displayed in the entry in the form of a level identifier.
  • the entry information displayed by the bear entry 423 includes a bear 423a, a bear picture 423b, and a bear's endangered level mark 423c.
  • the bear's endangered level mark 423c is used to indicate that the bear's endangered level is vulnerable (VU).
  • the entry information displayed by the panda entry 424 includes a panda 424a, a picture of a panda 424b, and an endangered species identification 424c.
  • the bear's endangered level mark 423c is used to indicate that the panda's endangered level is vulnerable (VU).
  • the image of the search object in the above term information may be a static image or a dynamic image. This application does not limit the image format of the associated object graph.
  • the bear's endangered species label 423c and the panda's endangered species label 424c may be the endangered species classified by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN).
  • Table 1 shows the endangered levels classified by IUCN.
  • Table 1 includes the endangerment level, the full English name and English abbreviation corresponding to the endangerment level, and the classification criteria of the endangerment level.
  • species’ endangered levels can be divided into the following seven categories from high to low: extinct, extinct in the wild, critically endangered, endangered, vulnerable, near endangered, and least endangered.
  • the classification standard for extinction is the death of the last biological individual.
  • the classification standard for extinctin the wild is that organisms only live in artificial cultivation and artificial captivity.
  • the criteria for classifying critically endangered (CR) animals is that they have a high probability of extinction in the wild.
  • the classification standard for endangered (EN) is that the species has a high probability of extinction in the wild in the foreseeable near future.
  • the classification standard for vulnerable (VU) is that the species has a high probability of becoming extinct in the wild in the future.
  • the classification standard for near threatened (NT) is that it does not rely on protection, but its population is close to vulnerable species.
  • the classification criteria for least concern (LC) are species that are currently assessed as not belonging to other categories.
  • the endangered level mark 423c of the bear may be the English abbreviation of the endangered level (for example, "VU"), or it may be in Chinese (for example, "Vulnerable”).
  • the bear's endangered level identification 423c may also determine the color of the bear's endangered level identification 423c based on the bear's endangerment level VU.
  • the endangerment level of bears and pandas is VU
  • the color of the bear's endangerment level mark 423c and the panda's endangerment level mark 424c is gray.
  • the endangerment level of the search object corresponding to the term in the drop-down list 422 of the search box is EX
  • the endangerment level mark of the search object may be black, and so on. This application does not limit the color of the grade mark.
  • the level identifier in the entry information of the search object related to the other animals and plants displayed in the drop-down list 422 of the search box may also be the search object. Endangered level.
  • the level in the term information may also be other. It is used to indicate the level of a certain characteristic of the search object related to the search information according to certain standards. For example, when the search object is a city, the level can be "first line”, “second line” or “new first line”, etc., which are used to indicate the degree of development of the city, or it can be "super livable” which indicates the ranking of the city's livability. ”, “livable” and so on.
  • the level when the search object is a scenic spot, the level may be the scenic spot level corresponding to the scenic spot, such as 5A level, 4A level, etc.
  • the level when the search object is a celebrity, the level may refer to the honorary titles obtained by the celebrity, such as "Mao Dun literary Award", “Fields Medal”, etc.
  • the search object is a merchant that provides services such as restaurants, hotels, amusement parks, etc.
  • the level can be the service level provided by the merchant, such as "four-star” or “five-star”, or it can be the customer of the merchant targeting the merchant.
  • the rating given for the services provided such as "5 points", "4.5 points", or the ranking of the services provided by the merchant in a certain area, such as "first", "second”, etc.
  • the grade when the search object is a school, the grade may refer to the comprehensive strength ranking of the school, or may refer to the ranking of a certain aspect of the school's teaching quality, teaching environment, teaching facilities, etc.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's input operation to the search box 412 in the interface 410 and display the interface 430 as shown in FIG. 4D .
  • the interface 430 may include a search box 431 , a drop-down list 432 of the search box, one or more terms (eg, Qingchengshan term 433 ), a search control 434 and a cancel control 435 .
  • the entry information displayed by the Qingcheng Mountain entry 433 may include Qingcheng Mountain 433a, a picture of Qingcheng Mountain 433b, and a scenic spot grade mark 433c.
  • the scenic spot grade mark 433c may be "5A", which is used to indicate that the Qingcheng Mountain Scenic Area is a 5A-level scenic spot, and the color of the scenic spot grade mark 433c may also be determined according to the scenic spot grade.
  • determining the color of the level mark based on the level of the search object can convey messages to users more quickly and intuitively through color.
  • the terminal 11 may determine the language of the term information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the user's input into the search box 412 . For example, when the user's input is Chinese, the name of the search object in one or more entry information displayed in the drop-down list of the search box is Chinese. For another example, when the user's input is in English, the names of one or more search objects displayed in the drop-down list of the search box are in English, and so on.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface as shown in Figure 4E 440.
  • the interface 440 may include a search box 441 , a search control 442 , a cancel control 443 , a drop-down list 444 of the search box, and a panda entry 445 .
  • search box 441, the search control 442, the cancel control 443 and the drop-down list 444 of the search box please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned Figure 4B or Figure 4C, and will not be described again here.
  • the entry information displayed by the panda entry 445 may include the English name of the panda 445a, that is, panda, a picture of the panda 445b, and the panda's endangered level identification 445c.
  • determining the language of the entry information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the input language can ensure that the language of the entry information is consistent with the language input by the user, display the language that the user is familiar with, and make it more convenient for the user to obtain effective information.
  • the search information input by the user for the terminal 11 may also be a picture, image or voice input.
  • the terminal 11 may display an interface 450 , and the interface 450 may include a picture input control 451 .
  • the picture input control 451 is used to input pictures or images to the terminal 11 .
  • the picture input control 451 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a photography interface, or to trigger the terminal 11 to display a local picture selection interface.
  • the interface 450 please refer to the relevant description of the interface 410 shown in FIG. 4B, which will not be described again in this application.
  • the interface 450 displayed by the terminal 11 may also include voice input controls for voice input to the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 may determine one or more search information based on image recognition, voice recognition, etc. Relevant search objects, and the entries corresponding to the one or more search objects are displayed in the drop-down list of the search box. For specific content, please refer to the relevant description of the interface 420 shown in FIG. 4C, which will not be described again in this application.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's search operation (for example, a click operation on a search control, a click operation on terms in a drop-down list of a search box, etc.), display search results related to the search target.
  • the search results include any one or more items: the name of the search target, level identification, pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information.
  • the search results may also include any one or more of the following: nearby animal and plant information, and web page index results.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's click operation on the panda entry 424 in the interface 420, and display the interface 500 as shown in FIG. 5A. In this case, the terminal 11 can determine that the search target is a panda based on the search information.
  • the interface 500 may include a search range bar 501 , a basic encyclopedia bar 502 , an introduction bar 503 , an encyclopedia entry control 504 and a related search bar 505 . in:
  • the search scope bar 501 may include local machine, comprehensive, web page, service, application, video, etc.
  • the search scope column 501 also includes an indicator 501a, which can be used to indicate the current search scope.
  • the indicator 501a is located under "Comprehensive" in the search range column 501 , indicating that the search results currently displayed on the interface 500 are obtained by searching within the comprehensive range.
  • the indicator 501a is located below "this machine”, it indicates that the search results displayed on the current interface are searched within the scope of this machine.
  • the indicator 501a can also be other identifiers used to indicate the search range, such as different font colors, different background colors, etc. This application does not limit the specific form of the indicator 501a here.
  • the terminal 11 can also receive and respond to the user's sliding operation on the search range bar 501 to switch the search range.
  • the basic encyclopedia column 502 may include a topic 502a, a level identification control 502b, an encyclopedia diagram 502c and attribute information 502d.
  • Topic 502a may be used to prompt the name of the search target, namely "panda”.
  • the level identification control 502b can be used to prompt the endangerment level of the search target, that is, the endangerment level of the panda is VU.
  • the level identification control 502b can also be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the detailed content of the endangered level VU, for example, trigger the terminal 11 to display the interface 600 shown in Figure 6A below.
  • the color of the level identification control 502b may also be determined based on the endangered level of the search target. For example, the higher the endangerment level, the darker the corresponding color of the level identification control 502b, and so on.
  • the level identification control 502b may be the same as or similar to the endangered level identification 424c of the panda in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C.
  • the encyclopedia diagram 502c may include one or more pictures of the search target (i.e., panda). Any picture in the encyclopedia diagram 502c may be a static picture or a dynamic picture. This application does not limit the format of the pictures here. .
  • the attribute information 502d may include the attribute information of the panda, specifically, it may include one or more of the phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc. corresponding to the panda. According to the attribute information 502d shown in Figure 5A, it can be known that the panda belongs to the phylum Chordata, the class Mammalia, the order Carnivora, and the family Ursidae. It should be noted that the attribute information 502d may also include more or less content than in the above embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the introduction column 503 can be used to display the description information of the panda.
  • the description information can be used to briefly introduce one or more of the panda's morphology, living habits, characteristics and other contents.
  • the description information in the introduction column 503 may be "Giant panda, body color is black and white, with large dark circles.”
  • the color of the introduction column 503 and the color of the description information in the introduction column 503 may be Determined based on the panda's endangered status. When the endangerment levels of the search targets are different, the color of the introduction column 503 is different, and the color of the information described in the introduction column 503 is also different.
  • the color of the introduction column 503 may be the same as the color of the above-mentioned level indicator 502b.
  • the encyclopedia entry control 504 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a panda animal encyclopedia interface, such as the interface 700 shown in Figure 7A below, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the related search bar 505 can be used to display related search information of Panda.
  • the related search bar 505 displays one or more related search items.
  • the one or more related search items may include animals, plants, cartoon images, mascot images related to pandas, etc., such as red panda search item 505a, bear Search term 505b and cartoon search term 505c.
  • Each relevant search term can include a name and image, and can also include an endangered species designation.
  • the red panda search item 505a may include the name "red panda", a picture of the red panda, and the red panda's endangered level mark.
  • the endangered level mark may be used to indicate that the red panda's endangered level is EN, and the color and font color of the endangered level mark.
  • the endangered level mark of the red panda can be displayed in the upper right corner or the upper left corner of the red panda picture. This application does not limit the display position of the endangered level mark.
  • the bear search item 505b may include the name "bear", a picture of the bear, and the bear's endangered level mark, which is used to indicate that the bear's endangered level is VU.
  • the cartoon search term 505c may include the name "cartoon” and a cartoon picture of a panda.
  • related search terms include Includes a hyperlink for triggering the terminal 11 to display search results related to the relevant search term.
  • the red panda search term 505a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a search result interface related to red panda, such as the interface 900 shown in Figure 9 below, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the bear search term 505b and the cartoon search term 505c can also be used to trigger the interface of the terminal 11 to display search results related to bears or cartoons.
  • the related search bar 505 may also include the topic name "Related Search" to prompt the user about the purpose of the related search bar 505 .
  • the interface 500 may also include a location setting control 506 that may be used to set the location of the terminal 11 .
  • Interface 500 may also include search box 507, search control 508, and cancel control 509.
  • the search box 507 is used to display the name of the search target, such as "panda".
  • search control 508 and the cancel control 509 reference can be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, which will not be described again in this application.
  • search results may also include web page index results.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 510 as shown in FIG. 5B in response to the user's sliding operation on the interface 500.
  • interface 510 may include web page results 511 and web page results 512 .
  • the web page results 511 may include web page hyperlinks 511a, web page pictures 511b, and web page introductions 511c.
  • the webpage hyperlink 511a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the webpage interface corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 511a.
  • the webpage hyperlink 511a can also be a text title "Panda Baby is Born".
  • the webpage picture 511b can be any picture in the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 511a.
  • the webpage introduction 511c may be the content introduction of the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 511a, for example, "The zoo welcomes a new panda baby.".
  • the web page results 512 may also include web page hyperlinks 512a, web page pictures 512b, and web page introductions 512c.
  • the webpage hyperlink 512a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the webpage interface corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 512a.
  • the web page hyperlink 512a may be a text title "Wild panda 'can't sleep' in the middle of the night".
  • the webpage picture 512b can be any picture in the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 512a.
  • the webpage introduction 512c may be the content introduction of the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 512a, for example, "In the giant panda reserve, an infrared camera recorded a scene of wild giant pandas playing alone.".
  • the web page results in the interface 510 can be panda-related news web pages shown in the above-mentioned web page results 511 and 512, or can also be panda-related commodity, stock, etc. web pages, which are not covered in this application. limited.
  • the interface 510 may also include a related search bar 513.
  • a related search bar 513 For the specific content of the related search bar 513, please refer to the related content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A, which will not be described again in this application.
  • the terminal 11 can receive the user's search operation or the user's operation of entering the animal and plant encyclopedia control. In response to the aforementioned operation, the terminal 11 can obtain the location information of the terminal 11 and send the location information to the server 12 for Obtain one or more nearby animal and plant information near the geographical location indicated by the location information of the terminal 11.
  • the information of nearby animals and plants includes the names, pictures, endangered species identification and distance information of the nearby animals and plants. In some embodiments, the information about nearby animals and plants may also include descriptive information about the nearby animals and plants.
  • the search results displayed by the terminal 11 may also include one or more nearby animal and plant information.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 520 as shown in FIG. 5C in response to the user's sliding operation on the interface 500.
  • the terminal 11 may also display the interface 520 shown in FIG. 5C in response to the user's click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the interface 520 may include a nearby flora and fauna column 521 for displaying one or more nearby flora and fauna information.
  • the nearby flora and fauna column 521 may be used to display one or more search terms for nearby flora and fauna, for example, a red-crowned crane search term 522 and a brown bear search term 523.
  • the red-crowned crane search item 522 may be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a search result interface related to the red-crowned crane.
  • the red-crowned crane search item 522 may include animal and plant names 522a, animal and plant distances 522b, animal and plant introduction columns 522c, animal and plant pictures 522d, and endangered species identification 522e.
  • the animal and plant name 522a can be used to prompt that the name of the animal and plant corresponding to the red-crowned crane search item is red-crowned crane
  • the animal and plant distance 522b can be used to prompt that the distance between the red-crowned crane and the location of the terminal 11 is 20 kilometers
  • the animal and plant introduction column 522c can be used to display the red-crowned crane.
  • the description information for example, "The red-crowned crane is a large wading bird with mostly white body and bright red head.”
  • the color of the animal and plant introduction column 522c can be determined based on the endangered level of the red-crowned crane.
  • the font color of the red-crowned crane's description information can be determined based on the color of the animal and plant introduction column 522c.
  • the animal and plant pictures 522d may be static or dynamic pictures of red-crowned cranes.
  • the endangerment level mark 522e can be used to indicate that the red-crowned crane's endangerment level is VU.
  • the brown bear search term 523 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a search result interface related to brown bears.
  • the brown bear search term 523 may include animal and plant names 523a, animal and plant distances 523b, animal and plant introduction columns 523c, animal and plant pictures 523d and endangered species identification 523e.
  • the animal and plant name 523a can be used to prompt that the name of the animal and plant corresponding to the brown bear search item is brown bear
  • the animal and plant distance 523b can be used to prompt that the distance between the brown bear and the location of the terminal 11 is 55 kilometers
  • the animal and plant introduction column 523c can be used to display the brown bear.
  • Descriptive information such as "The brown bear is one of the largest mammals in the order Carnivora on land.”
  • the color of the animal and plant introduction column 523c can be determined based on the brown bear's endangered level, optionally, the brown bear's descriptive information
  • the font color can be determined based on the color of the animal and plant introduction column 523c.
  • the animal and plant pictures 523d can be static or dynamic pictures of brown bears.
  • the endangered level mark 523e can be used to indicate that the brown bear’s endangered level is LC.
  • the ranking of one or more search terms of nearby animals and plants displayed in the nearby animals and plants column 521 can be determined based on the distance between the animals and plants and the terminal 11. For example, the distance between the red-crowned crane and the terminal 11 is 20 kilometers. , the distance between the brown bear and the terminal 11 is 55 kilometers, and the sorting results of the red-crowned crane search item 522 are before the sorting results of the brown bear search item 523, so the red-crowned crane search item 522 is displayed to the left of the brown bear search item 523.
  • the ranking of the search terms of one or more nearby animals and plants may also be determined based on the endangered level of the animal or plant.
  • the ranking results of the search terms of one or more nearby animals and plants can also be determined based on the endangerment level of the animals and plants and the distance between the animals and plants and the terminal 11. For example, the higher the endangerment level, the higher the ranking results of the animals and plants. If two animals and plants have the same endangerment level, the one with the closer distance will be ranked first, and so on.
  • the user's awareness of animal and plant protection can be improved and biodiversity can be protected.
  • the interface 520 may also include a location setting control 524 for setting the geographical location where the terminal 11 is located.
  • the terminal 11 can also change the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's location setting operation.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's click operation on the location setting control 524 on the interface 520, and display the interface 530 as shown in FIG. 5D.
  • the interface 530 is used to set the geographical location where the terminal 11 is located.
  • the interface 530 may include one or more region columns, such as a province column 531 , a city column 532 and an urban area column 533 .
  • the province column 531 may include multiple provinces and municipalities, such as Beijing, Anhui, Anhui, Gansu, Guangdong, Guangxi, Guizhou, Hainan, Hebei, Heilongjiang and Henan, and so on.
  • the terminal 11 may display multiple cities corresponding to the province in response to the user's click operation on one of the provinces.
  • the terminal 11 displays a city column 532 in response to the user's click operation on Guangdong, and displays multiple cities in Guangdong City in the city column 532, such as all, Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Chaozhou, Dongguan, Foshan, Heyuan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, Jieyang, Maoming, etc.
  • the terminal 11 may respond to the user's click operation on Shenzhen, display the urban area column 533, and display multiple areas of Shenzhen City in the urban area column 533, for example, all, Bao'an District, Dapeng New District, Futian District, Guangming District, Longgang District , Longhua District, Luohu District, Nanshan District, Pingshan District and Yantian District, etc.
  • "Guangdong” in the province column 531 and "Shenzhen” in the city column 532 can use different colors of text to indicate that the province or city is selected.
  • the terminal 11 may respond to the user's click operation on Nanshan District in the urban area column 533 and determine the geographical location of the terminal 11 as Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong province.
  • interface 530 may also include an input field 534 that may be used by the user to input location information.
  • the terminal 11 may determine the geographical location of the terminal 11 in response to the location information input by the user for the input field 534 .
  • the terminal 11 when the terminal 11 does not have the authority to obtain the location information of the terminal 11, or the terminal 11 does not have the ability to obtain the location information of the terminal 11, the terminal 11 can also adopt the method in the embodiment shown in Figure 5D. , based on the user's location setting operation, determine the location information of the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 After changing the location information of the terminal 11, the terminal 11 can display one or more nearby animal and plant information based on the changed location information of the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 may display an interface 540 as shown in Figure 5E.
  • the animal and plant information displayed in the nearby animal and plant column on the interface 540 is different from the animal and plant information displayed in the nearby animal and plant column on the interface 530 shown in FIG. 5C .
  • the interface 540 includes a nearby animal and plant column 541 and a location setting control 542 .
  • the nearby flora and fauna column 541 includes a red panda search term 543 and a brown bear search term 544.
  • the red panda search term 543 may include animal and plant names 543a, animal and plant distances 543b, animal and plant introduction columns 543c, animal and plant pictures 543d and endangered species identification 543e.
  • the animal and plant name 543a can be used to prompt that the name of the animal and plant corresponding to the red panda search item is red panda
  • the animal and plant distance 543b can be used to prompt that the distance between the red panda and the location of the terminal 11 is 25 kilometers
  • the animal and plant introduction column 543c is available. Used to display the description information of the red panda, such as "The red panda looks like a cat, but is fatter than a cat and has a reddish-brown body.”
  • the endangered level mark 543e can be used to indicate that the red panda’s endangered level is EN.
  • Brown bear search terms 544 may include animal and plant names 544a, animal and plant distances 544b, animal and plant introduction columns 544c, animal and plant pictures 544d, and endangered species identification 544e. Among them, the animal and plant distance 544b can be used to prompt that the distance between the brown bear and the location of the terminal 11 is 40 kilometers. Other contents in the brown bear search item 544 can refer to the relevant descriptions in the brown bear search item 523 in the interface 520 shown in Figure 5E. No further details will be given here.
  • the location setting control 542 can be used to set the geographical location of the terminal 11 .
  • the interface 540 may also include one or more controls or content displayed in the interface 500, such as description information, related search bars, and so on.
  • the animals and plants near the geographical location can be determined.
  • the terminal 11 cannot actively obtain the geographical location of the terminal 11, or if the user wants to know the nearby animals and plants in an area different from the current geographical location of the terminal 11, it can also obtain the information of nearby animals and plants in the corresponding area.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's operation of viewing the level information (for example, a click operation on the level identification control on the terminal 11, a double-click operation on the terminal 11, etc.), display the level identification corresponding
  • the level information of the endangered level includes level name, level introduction, representative species and species atlas.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's operation on the level identification control 502b on the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A, and display the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A.
  • the interface 600 may include a page theme 601 , level information 602 and a directory control 603 .
  • the page theme 601 can be used to prompt that the page theme displayed on the interface 600 is endangered.
  • Level information 602 may include level name 602a, level introduction 602b, representative species 602c, and species album 602d.
  • the level name 602a is used to prompt that the endangered level corresponding to the level information 602 is vulnerable (vulnerable, VU).
  • Level introduction 602b can be a text introduction to the vulnerable level.
  • “Vulnerable species is one of the conservation status classifications in the IUCN Red List of Endangered Species. It refers to some existing organisms that are about to become endangered species and are affected by environmental factors.
  • Representative species 602c may include one or more biological species at a vulnerable level, such as great white sharks, spectacled bears, American crocodiles, mandrills, lowland tapirs, East Asian finless porpoises, and Indian Ocean finless porpoises , Curly Pelican, Giant Panda, Mantaidae, etc.
  • Species album 602d may include pictures of one or more of the above-mentioned biological species. Among them, multiple pictures belonging to the same biological species can be displayed in the form of an album.
  • the color of the text representing "giant panda" in species 602c may be different from other biological species to prompt the user to enter the endangered level page from the giant panda search results interface.
  • the directory control 603 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the endangered level directory on the interface 600 .
  • the interface 600 may also include a search box 604 and a search control 605.
  • the search box 604 may be used to display the level corresponding to the level information currently displayed on the interface 600, such as "VU" or "Vulnerable”. Search box 604 may also be used to enter other search information.
  • search control 605 please refer to the relevant content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 5A, and will not be described again here.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 610 shown in FIG. 6B in response to the user's operation on the directory control 603.
  • the Interface 610 may include an endangered species directory 611 .
  • the endangered level catalog 611 may include EX controls 611a, EW controls 611b, CR controls 611c, EN controls 611d, VU controls 611e, NT controls 611f, and LC controls 611g.
  • the EX control can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of extinction
  • EW can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of extinction in the wild
  • CR can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of extremely endangered
  • EN can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of endangered.
  • VU can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display vulnerable level information
  • NT can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display near-threat level information
  • LC can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display non-risk level information.
  • level information corresponding to each endangered level please refer to the vulnerable level information 602 shown in FIG. 6A , which will not be described again in this application.
  • the VU control 611e can adopt a different color from other controls, indicating that the level information currently displayed on the interface 610 is vulnerable level information.
  • the terminal 11 can display the encyclopedia content of an animal or plant in response to the user's operation of viewing the encyclopedia content (for example, a click operation to enter the encyclopedia control, etc.).
  • the encyclopedia content includes the following information about the animal or plant. Any one or more information: morphological characteristics, habitat, distribution area, living habits, population status and existing number, etc.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 700 shown in FIG. 7A in response to the user's operation of entering the encyclopedia control 504 on the interface 500.
  • the interface 700 is an animal and plant encyclopedia interface.
  • the interface 700 may include a page theme 701 , an encyclopedia catalog 702 , encyclopedia content 703 , animal and plant names 704 , level identifiers 705 and animal and plant pictures 706 .
  • the page theme 701 is used to prompt that the interface 700 is an animal and plant encyclopedia interface.
  • the encyclopedia directory 702 may include one or more directory controls, such as morphological characteristics control 702a, habitat environment control 702b, distribution area control 702c, living habits control 702d, population status control 702e, and existing quantity control 702f, etc.
  • the directory control can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the encyclopedia content corresponding to the directory control.
  • the morphological feature control 702a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the morphological features of the panda in the encyclopedia content 703 in the interface 700 .
  • the habitat environment control 702b can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the panda's habitat in the encyclopedia content 703 in the interface 700 .
  • Encyclopedia content 703 may include one or more of the following content about pandas: morphological characteristics, habitat, distribution areas, living habits, population status, existing population, etc.
  • the encyclopedia content 703 when encyclopedia content 703 includes the morphological characteristics of pandas, the encyclopedia content may include: "Giant pandas are black and white in color, have large dark circles under their eyes, their head and body are 1.2-1.8 meters long, and their tail is 10-12 centimeters long.” The weight is 80-120 kilograms, and the heaviest can reach 180 kilograms. The hair color of the head and body is distinctly black and white.” It is understandable that the above-mentioned encyclopedia catalog 702 and encyclopedia content 703 The specific content in is only an illustrative description, and the application is not limited here.
  • the description information and/or attribute information displayed on the search results page may be part of the encyclopedia content displayed in the animal and plant encyclopedia interface.
  • the description information shown in Figure 5A is shown in Figure 7A Part of the morphological characteristics of the panda in interface 700.
  • the description information and/or attribute information displayed on the search results page may not be displayed in the Animal and Plant Encyclopedia interface, that is, the information displayed in the two interfaces does not overlap.
  • the background color and text color of the encyclopedia content 703 may also be determined based on the color of the panda's endangered level.
  • the animal and plant names 704 are used to prompt that the animal and plant encyclopedia displayed in the interface 700 is a panda encyclopedia.
  • the level mark 705 is used to indicate the endangered level of the panda, and can also be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A .
  • the animal and plant pictures 706 may be one or more pictures of pandas, and may include static pictures and/or dynamic pictures.
  • the terminal 11 can also display different parts of the encyclopedia content 703 in the interface 700 in response to the user's sliding operation on the interface 700.
  • the interface 700 may also include a search box 707 and a search control 708.
  • the search box 707 may be used to display the name of the search target, such as "panda". Search box 707 can also be used to enter other search information.
  • search control 708 please refer to the relevant content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 5A, and will not be described again here.
  • the terminal 11 can also display information on one or more nearby animals and plants.
  • information on nearby animals and plants please refer to the relevant description in the embodiment shown in Figure 5C.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 710 as shown in FIG. 7B.
  • the interface 710 may include encyclopedia content 711 and a nearby flora and fauna column 712 .
  • the encyclopedia content 711 can be the existing number of pandas, for example, "In March 2022, data showed that giant pandas have increased from 1,114 in the 1970s and 1980s to 1,864, and the global captive population totals 673.
  • the nearby animals and plants column 712 can be used to display search items for nearby animals and plants where one or more terminals 11 are located, such as red-crowned crane search items and brown bear search items.
  • search items for nearby animals and plants where one or more terminals 11 are located such as red-crowned crane search items and brown bear search items.
  • the interface 710 may also include a location setting control 713 for setting the geographical location of the terminal 11.
  • a location setting control 713 for setting the geographical location of the terminal 11.
  • the location setting control 713 and the method of setting the location refer to the location in the embodiment shown in Figure 5C.
  • the setting control 524 and related content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5D will not be described again in this application.
  • the interface 710 may also include a page theme 714 for prompting that the interface 710 is an animal and plant encyclopedia interface.
  • the terminal 11 can respond to the user's operation of setting the language and change the search results presented in the interface to the language set by the user.
  • the terminal 11 may display an interface 800 as shown in FIG. 8A , where the interface 800 is used to display search results related to pandas.
  • the interface 800 may include a language control 801 , and other content included on the interface 800 may refer to the aforementioned interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A .
  • the language control 801 can be used to set the language of the search results displayed in the interface.
  • the terminal 11 may display the language bar 802 on the interface 800.
  • the language bar 802 may include one or more language controls, such as Chinese 802a, English 802b, German, French, Russian, Japanese, and Latin, etc.
  • the terminal 11 may change the search results displayed in the interface 800 to other languages in response to the user's sliding operation on the language bar 802 or in response to the user's clicking operation on any language control in the language bar 802 .
  • the color of the Chinese 802a can be different from that of other controls, indicating that the language currently displayed in the interface 800 is Chinese.
  • the terminal 11 may display an interface 810 as shown in FIG. 8C.
  • the interface 810 may include a search range bar 811 , a basic encyclopedia bar 812 , an introduction bar 813 , a pedia control 814 , a related search bar 815 and a language control 816 . in:
  • the basic encyclopedia column 812 may include a topic 812a, a level identification control 812b, an encyclopedia diagram 812c, and attribute information 812d.
  • Topic 812a may be used to prompt the name of the search target, namely "Panda”.
  • the attribute information 812d may include the basic encyclopedia information of the panda, and may specifically include the corresponding phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc. of the panda.
  • the above attribute information 812d is displayed in English. According to the attribute information 812d shown in FIG. 8C , it can be seen that the phylum, order, and families of the panda are Chordata, Mammalia, Carnivora, and Ursidae. It should be noted that the attribute information 812d may also include more or less content than in the above embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the introduction column 813 can be used to display the description information of the panda.
  • the description information is in English.
  • the description information can be used to briefly introduce one or more of the panda's morphology, living habits, characteristics and other contents.
  • the description information in the introduction column 813 may be "The giant panda. Its body color is black and white, and it has large dark circles under its eyes.”
  • the color of the introduction column 813 and the color in the introduction column 813 The color of the descriptive information can be determined based on the panda's endangerment level.
  • the color of the introduction bar 813 may be the same as the color of the above-mentioned level identification control 812b.
  • the pedia control 814 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the panda's animal encyclopedia interface.
  • the terminal 11 may respond to the user's operation on any related search item in the related search bar, display the search results of the related search item.
  • the search results include the name, level identifier, picture, attribute information, description information and related search information of the search object corresponding to the relevant search term.
  • the search results may also include any one or more of the following: nearby animal and plant information, and web page index results.
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's click operation on the red panda search item 505a on the interface 500, and display the interface 900 as shown in FIG. 9, where the interface 900 is the search result interface of the red panda.
  • the interface 900 may include a search range bar 901, a basic encyclopedia bar 902, an introduction bar 903, an encyclopedia entry control 904, and a related search bar 905. in:
  • the basic encyclopedia column 902 may include a topic 902a, a level identification control 902b, an encyclopedia diagram 902c, and attribute information 902d.
  • Topic 902a may be used to prompt the name of the search target, namely "red panda”.
  • the level identification control 902b can be used to prompt the endangered level of the search target, that is, the endangered level of the red panda is EN.
  • the level identification control 902b can also be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the detailed content of the endangered level EN.
  • the color of the level identification control 902b may also be determined based on the endangerment level of the search target.
  • the encyclopedia diagram 902c may include one or more pictures of red pandas. Any picture in the encyclopedia diagram 902c may be a static picture or a dynamic picture. This application does not limit the format of the pictures here.
  • the attribute information 902d may include the basic encyclopedia information of the red panda, specifically the phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc. corresponding to the red panda. According to the attribute information 902d shown in FIG.
  • the panda belongs to the phylum Chordata, the class Mammalia, the order Carnivora, the family Red Panda, the genus Red Panda, and the species Red Panda. It should be noted that the attribute information 902d may also include more or less content than in the above embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the introduction column 903 can be used to display the description information of the red panda.
  • the description information can be used to briefly introduce one or more of the red panda's morphology, living habits, characteristics and other contents.
  • the description information in the introduction column 903 may be "Red panda, looks like a cat, but is fatter than a cat, and has a reddish-brown body. It has a round face, a short snout, and white markings on its body.”
  • the description column 903 The color of the description information in the color and introduction column 903 may be determined based on the endangered level of the red panda.
  • the color of the introduction bar 903 may be the same as the color of the above-mentioned level identification control 902b.
  • the encyclopedia entry control 904 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the animal encyclopedia interface of the red panda.
  • the related search bar 905 can be used to display one or more related search terms, which can include animals, plants, cartoon images, mascot images related to red pandas, etc., such as panda search terms 905a, Bear search term 905b and cartoon search term 905c.
  • Each relevant search term can include a name and picture, and can also include a rating designation.
  • the related search bar 905 may also include the topic name "Related Search" to prompt the user about the purpose of the related search bar 905 .
  • the interface 900 may also include a location setting control 906 that may be used to set the location of the terminal 11 .
  • the interface 900 may also include a search box 907, a search control 908, and a cancel control 909.
  • a search box 907 search box 907
  • search control 908 search control 908
  • cancel control 909 cancel control 909.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of a search method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process of the search method may include the following steps:
  • the terminal 11 determines a search object related to the search information.
  • the search information may be text, picture, voice or video input by the user to the terminal 11 .
  • search information is text information
  • use Users can enter through the search box 412 shown in Figure 4B.
  • the search information may be text input such as "bear” as shown in Figure 4C or "Qingcheng Mountain" as shown in Figure 4D.
  • the search information is a picture, image or voice information
  • the user can input it by clicking the corresponding input control, such as the picture input control 451 shown in Figure 4F. This application does not limit the specific form of searching information.
  • one or more search objects related to the search information are determined based on the search information.
  • the terminal 11 can determine one or more search objects related to the text input based on the text input. For example, in the embodiment shown in Figure 4C, when the search information is "bear", it can be determined Searches can include “bear” and "panda.” In some embodiments, when the search information is "bear”, the search objects may also include “brown bear", “polar bear”, “spectacled bear”, etc.
  • the search information is a picture or image input
  • the terminal 11 can determine the search object from the search information through image recognition or other methods based on the picture input or image input. For example, when the search information is a panda picture, the terminal 11 can use the image Identify related objects as pandas from panda pictures through identification and other methods.
  • the search information is the voice input "bear”
  • the terminal 11 can determine from the search information through voice recognition that the search object is "bear", "brown bear", etc.
  • the terminal 11 determines whether the search object is an animal or plant object.
  • the terminal 11 may also determine whether the one or more search objects are animal or plant objects.
  • the terminal 11 may determine whether the search object is an animal or plant object based on whether the search object and the name of the animal or plant are the same or similar.
  • the animal and plant names may be any one of multiple animal and plant names stored by the terminal 11 , or may be any one of multiple animal and plant names sent by the terminal 11 requesting the server 12 or other servers.
  • the terminal 11 may also request the server 12 to determine whether the search object is an animal or plant. After determining the judgment result, the server 12 may send the judgment result to the terminal 11 . This application is not limited here.
  • the terminal 11 determines that the search object is an animal or plant object
  • the terminal 11 executes the following step S1004.
  • the terminal 11 may execute step S1003 to determine that the entry information of the search object is the name of the search object.
  • the terminal 11 may also perform other steps.
  • the search object is not animals or plants
  • the terminal 11 may also perform other steps.
  • S1004 determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the animal and plant objects.
  • the terminal 11 can determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the animal or plant object from the local encyclopedia stored in the terminal 11 .
  • the local encyclopedia can include entry information for one or more animal and plant objects.
  • the entry information of each animal or plant object may include the name and endangered level of the animal or plant object.
  • the entry information of animal and plant objects also includes pictures of the animal and plant objects.
  • the pictures of the animal and plant objects may be static pictures, dynamic pictures, etc. For relevant descriptions of endangered levels, please refer to the content in the embodiment shown in Table 1.
  • the local encyclopedia can include a name column, a picture column, and an endangerment level column.
  • the name column is used to prompt the names of animal and plant objects, such as "panda" and "bear”.
  • the picture column is used to indicate pictures of animal and plant objects or storage addresses of pictures of animal and plant objects, such as "Address 1" and "Address 2".
  • the Endangerment Level column is used to indicate the endangerment level of an animal or plant object, such as "VU”. According to Table 2, it can be seen that the storage address of the panda picture is address 1 and the level is VU; the storage address of the bear picture is address 2 and the level is VU.
  • the terminal 11 can determine entry information such as pictures and grades of the animal and plant objects from the local encyclopedia based on the names of the animal and plant objects in the name column.
  • Table 2 is only an example of the content of the local encyclopedia.
  • the local encyclopedia may also include more or less content than the above-mentioned Table 2.
  • the local encyclopedia can be stored in the terminal 11 in the form of text tables, hash tables, etc., or can be stored in the terminal 11 in other forms. This application does not limit the specific storage form of the local encyclopedia.
  • step S1008 is executed. If the terminal 11 cannot determine the entry information of the animal or plant object, the following steps S1005 to S1007 are executed.
  • the terminal 11 sends a search request 1 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send entry information of animal and plant objects to the terminal 11. interest.
  • the terminal 11 may send a search request 1 to the server 12 to request the server 12 to send the entry information of the animal and plant objects to the terminal 11 .
  • Search request 1 may include one or more animal and plant objects for which no term information has been determined.
  • the server 12 determines the entry information of the animal and plant object based on the search request 1.
  • the server 12 can determine the entry information of the animal and plant objects from the encyclopedia stored in the server 12 .
  • the encyclopedia library of server 12 may be a basic encyclopedia library or a detailed encyclopedia library.
  • the content composition of the basic encyclopedia library may refer to the content composition of the local encyclopedia library shown in Table 2 in the above step S1004.
  • the detailed encyclopedia may include more content than the basic encyclopedia.
  • For the specific content composition of the detailed encyclopedia please refer to the relevant description in step S1011 below, which will not be described in detail here in this application.
  • the server 12 sends the entry information of the animal and plant objects to the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 may also, after determining one or more search objects related to the search information, send the one or more search objects to the server 12 and request the server 12 to return the one or more search objects. entry information.
  • the above steps S1002, S1003, as well as steps S1006 and S1007 can all be executed by the server 12, that is, the server 12 can determine whether the search object is an animal or plant object, and determine the identity of the animal or plant object and the non-animal or plant object respectively. Entry information.
  • the terminal 11 can also directly send the search information to the server 12, and the server 12 determines one or more search objects related to the search information based on the search information.
  • S1008 The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 1 of the search target term information.
  • the search object term information may include animal and plant term information, and may also include non-animal and plant term information.
  • the animal and plant entry information may be determined based on step S1004 and/or step S1006.
  • Non-animal and plant entry information may be determined in step S1003.
  • the terminal may determine the display parameter 1 of the term information of the search object.
  • the display parameter 1 may include parameters of the name of the search object (for example, text font, color, size, display position, etc.), parameters of the picture of the search object (for example, position, size, format, tone, etc.), and endangered Parameters of the class (e.g., shape, size, color of the endangered class logo, color and font of text in the logo, etc.).
  • the color of the endangerment level mark can be determined based on the endangerment level of the animal or plant object. The higher the endangerment level, the darker the color. The colors of the endangerment mark for different endangerment levels are different, etc.
  • the text color in the endangered grade logo can also be determined based on the color of the endangered grade logo to facilitate user reading. It should be noted that the display parameters of all endangered level indicators in the embodiments of this application can refer to the description here.
  • the terminal 11 displays the term information of the search object based on the display parameter 1.
  • the terminal 11 may also display the term information of the search object after rendering the term information of the search object.
  • the term information of the search object displayed by the terminal 11 may be the bear term 423 and the panda term 424 shown in the above-mentioned Figure 4C, or the panda term 445 shown in the above-mentioned Figure 4E, and so on.
  • the entry information of one or more search objects related to the search information can be displayed in real time in the drop-down list of the search box, providing the user with more information about the search objects and making it easier for the user to search among many things.
  • the terminal 11 determines the search target and sends a search request 2 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send encyclopedia information of the search target to the terminal 11.
  • the user's search operation on the terminal 11 may be a click operation on the search control 423 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C or the like, or a click operation on the associated search item 423 shown in the above FIG. 4C or the like.
  • the search operation may also be a user's voice input, such as a voice command such as "search" input by the user on the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 may determine the search target. For example, when the search operation is a click operation on the search control, the search target is the search object with the strongest correlation with the search information among one or more search objects related to the search information. For another example, when the search operation is a click operation on a term, the search target is the search object corresponding to the term.
  • the terminal 11 may send a search request 2 to the server 12 to request the server 12 to send the encyclopedia information of the search target to the terminal 11 .
  • Search request 2 may include a search target and an encyclopedia identifier.
  • the encyclopedia identifier may be used to instruct the server 12 to perform an encyclopedia search.
  • the search request 2 may not include the encyclopedia identifier.
  • server 12 may mark to determine whether to perform an encyclopedia search. For example, the server 12 may determine whether to perform an encyclopedia search based on whether the search target belongs to an object in the encyclopedia (basic encyclopedia or detailed encyclopedia), and so on. For another example, the server 12 may also determine whether to perform an encyclopedia search based on whether the category of the search target belongs to animal or plant objects, and so on.
  • the search request 2 may also include a category of the search target, which is used to indicate whether the search target is an animal or plant object.
  • the server 12 determines the encyclopedia information of the search target based on the search request 2, including pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information.
  • the server 12 may determine whether the search target is an animal or plant object based on the search request 2 .
  • the server 12 determines one or more web pages related to the search target as search results, and sends the search results to the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 displays the search results. In this case, neither the server 12 nor the terminal 11 performs the following steps.
  • the server 12 may determine the encyclopedia information of the search target from the detailed encyclopedia database stored in the server 12 based on the search request 2 .
  • the detailed encyclopedia library can include encyclopedia information of multiple animal and plant objects.
  • Encyclopedia information of animal and plant objects can include pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information.
  • the encyclopedia information of animal and plant objects may also include any one or more of the following: endangered level identification, name, level information, and encyclopedia content.
  • the attribute information of animal and plant objects may include one or more information indicating the attributes of animal and plant objects, such as animal, plant, phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc.
  • Description information is information used to briefly describe the characteristics of animal and plant objects. Characteristics can include any one or more of the following: morphological characteristics, living habits, distribution area, living habits, population status, etc. In some embodiments, the description information may also include the above attribute information.
  • the related search information may include one or more basic information of search objects related to the animal or plant object.
  • the basic information of the search object can include the name of the search object, pictures, endangered species identification, text introduction, etc.
  • the one or more search objects related to the animal and plant objects may include animals, plants, mascots, cartoon characters, and so on.
  • relevant search information can be obtained directly from encyclopedia information.
  • the relevant search information may also be determined based on the user's search habits or based on the search frequencies of other users. For example, when the search target is pandas and 70% of the users who searched for pandas also searched for red pandas, it can be determined that the basic information about red pandas is the relevant search information about pandas, and so on.
  • the level information may include the name of the endangered level of the animal or plant object, level introduction, representative species and species atlas, etc.
  • Encyclopedia content can include any one or more of the following content of animal and plant objects: morphological characteristics, living habits, distribution areas, living habits, population status and existing numbers, etc.
  • the encyclopedia information of pandas in the detailed encyclopedia database can include names, pictures, endangered levels, attribute information, description information, related searches, etc.
  • the endangerment level used to indicate the panda's endangerment level is VU.
  • the attribute information is used to indicate the phylum, order, family, genus, species and other attributes of the panda, that is, Chordata, Mammalia, Carnivora, Ursidae, Giant Panda genus, and Giant Panda species.
  • the description information can be "Giant panda, fat and bear-like, plump and plump, with a round head and short tail, black and white body color, and large dark circles under the eyes.”
  • Related searches related to pandas can include basic information about red pandas.
  • Table 3 is only an exemplary illustration, and the encyclopedia information in the detailed encyclopedia database may also include more or less content than Table 4, which is not limited in this application.
  • the encyclopedia library (for example, detailed encyclopedia library, basic encyclopedia library, etc.) in the server 12 can be in the form of text table, Table forms such as hash tables are stored in the server 12, or other forms can be used to store the encyclopedia in the server 12. This application does not limit the specific storage form of the encyclopedia.
  • the encyclopedia library in the server 12 may be pre-configured, or may be other existing encyclopedia libraries.
  • the encyclopedia information of the search target is the encyclopedia information of the search target in the detailed encyclopedia database, which can include pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information.
  • the encyclopedia information of the search target may also include any one or more of the following: endangered level identification, name, level information, and encyclopedia content.
  • the server 12 sends the encyclopedia information of the search target to the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 determines the search result based on the encyclopedia information of the search target.
  • the search results may be encyclopedia information of the search target sent by the server 12 .
  • the search results may include the information in step S1007 and step S1012, that is, include Encyclopedia information of the search target and entry information of the search target.
  • S1014 The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 2 of the search result.
  • Display parameters 2 can be divided into different parts according to the search results, including any one or more of the following: theme parameters, level identification control parameters, attribute information parameters, picture parameters, description information parameters, related search information parameters, etc.
  • Theme parameters are used to indicate the theme's text font, color, position, size, etc.
  • the level identification control parameters are used to indicate the shape, size, color, text color and size of the level identification control, etc.
  • the color of the level identification control can be determined based on the endangered level of the search target.
  • the attribute information parameter is used to indicate the text font, color, position and size of the attribute information of the search target.
  • the description information parameters are used to indicate the text font, color, position and size of the description information.
  • the description information parameter is also used to indicate the background color of the location where the description information is located.
  • the background color can be determined based on the endangered level of the search target.
  • the background color can also be consistent with the color of the level identification control.
  • Search information parameters can be used to indicate the display method of basic information of one or more search objects related to the search target, including but not limited to the position order of the one or more search objects, the font, color and size of the search object name. , the format and size of the search object image, the color, shape and size of the search object's endangered level mark, etc.
  • the display parameter 2 may also include a hyperlink setting parameter, which is used to instruct the terminal 11 to hyperlink some pictures and/or text in the search results.
  • the terminal 11 is instructed to set a hyperlink at the level identification control to trigger the terminal 11 to display level information corresponding to the endangered level of the search target.
  • the terminal 11 is instructed to set a hyperlink at the name and/or picture of the search object in the relevant search information, which is used to trigger the terminal to display the search results of the search object, and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for setting description information parameters.
  • the specific process may include the following steps:
  • the specific process of setting relevant search information parameters may include the following steps:
  • the terminal 11 may also determine the display parameters 2 of the search results based on one or more display templates stored in the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 can also change the color settings of some controls, text or display columns in the display template based on the level of the search target (such as the endangered level), and so on. In this way, by selecting an existing display template, the display parameters of search results can be quickly determined, the display time of search results can be shortened, and the efficiency of the method can be improved.
  • the terminal 11 displays the search results based on the display parameter 2.
  • the terminal 11 may display the search results based on the display parameter 2 after rendering the search results.
  • the interface on which the terminal 11 displays search results may be a one-screen page, such as the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A above.
  • the interface for displaying search results on the terminal 11 may also be an animal and plant encyclopedia module interface, a browser interface, an application program or an application software interface, etc.
  • the terminal 11 may first display one or more contents in the search results, and the one or more contents may be called the first search results (for example, pictures, attributes displayed in the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A information, description information, etc.).
  • the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's operation on the terminal 11 and display a second search result, where the second search result is one or more contents in the search result.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 700 shown in FIG. 7A in response to the user's click operation on the encyclopedia entry control 504 shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the second search result is the morphological characteristics of the panda displayed in the interface 700. and other encyclopedia content.
  • the terminal 11 may display the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A in response to the user's click operation on the level identification control 502b shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the second search result is the level of the VU displayed in the interface 600. Information, etc.
  • the search results displayed to the user by the terminal 11 mainly include encyclopedia information of the animal or plant object, and there will be no irrelevant information such as advertisements and stocks.
  • the user can quickly and efficiently obtain information related to the animal or plant object without looking for effective information among the numerous information displayed on the terminal 11 .
  • This search method can also display the endangerment level identification of animal and plant objects in the interface that displays the search results, and some background colors and the colors of the endangerment level identification in the interface can be determined based on the endangerment level of animal and plant objects, which can make users faster Understand the endangered level of the animal and plant objects, improve users' awareness of animal and plant protection, and protect biological diversity.
  • the terminal 11 can also provide the user with basic information of one or more search objects related to the search target by displaying relevant search information.
  • the server 12 may also send the encyclopedia information of the search target and the corresponding display parameters to the terminal 11 after determining the display parameters of the encyclopedia information of the search target.
  • the server 12 may also send the display parameters of the entry information of the animal and plant objects together with the entry information of the animal and plant objects to the terminal 11 after determining the display parameters of the entry information of the animal and plant objects.
  • the display parameters (including the above-mentioned display parameter 1 and display parameter 2) can be determined by the terminal 11 or the server 12, which is not limited in this application.
  • the rendering operation for entry information and the rendering operation for encyclopedia information can be performed by either the terminal 11 or the server 12 . This application is not limited here.
  • the local encyclopedia stored in the terminal 11 may include multiple local encyclopedia sub-bases, each local encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to a category (for example, animals and plants, cities, celebrities, attractions, etc.).
  • the term information of the search object displayed by the terminal 11 in the drop-down list of the search box may include the search object's entry information. Name and level, and can also include a picture of the search object.
  • the specific process for the terminal 11 to display the term information of the search object in the drop-down list of the search box based on the search information may include the following steps:
  • the terminal 11 determines a search object related to the search information.
  • one or more search objects related to the search information are determined based on the search information.
  • search information For specific content, please refer to step S1001 shown in Figure 10 above.
  • S1102 The terminal 11 determines the category of the search object.
  • the terminal 11 may also determine the category of the one or more search objects.
  • the category of the search object "bear” is animals or flora and fauna.
  • the category of the search object “Qingcheng Mountain” is attractions.
  • the category of the search object “Xi'an” is city.
  • the terminal 11 can call the local encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to the category of the search object, and determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the search object based on the local encyclopedia sub-base.
  • the local encyclopedia sub-base may include entry information for one or more search objects of the same category.
  • the term information may include the name and level of the search object, and optionally, may also include pictures.
  • the level of the search object can be used to indicate the level or ranking of a certain feature of the search object according to certain standards.
  • the level of the search object may be the scenic spot level of the attraction, such as "5A", "4A”, etc.
  • the search object is a city.
  • the level of the search object can be the livability of the city, such as "livable”, "unlivable”, etc.
  • the level of the search object can also refer to the grade or ranking of a certain characteristic of the person, thing, or thing according to certain standards.
  • Xi'an's entry information can include the category column, name column, picture column and livability level column.
  • the category column is used to indicate the category Xi'an belongs to.
  • the name column is used to prompt and indicate the name of Xi'an.
  • the picture column is used to indicate pictures of Xi'an or the picture storage address of Xi'an.
  • the endangered level column is used to indicate Xi'an's livability level. According to Table 4, it can be seen that the category of Xi'an is city, the image storage address of Xi'an is address 5, and the livability level is livable.
  • the terminal 11 can determine the picture, level and other entry information of the search object from the local encyclopedia sub-database based on the name of the search object in the name column.
  • Table 4 is only an example of the content of the entry information in the local encyclopedia sub-database.
  • the entry information may also include more or less content than the above-mentioned Table 4.
  • the local encyclopedia can be stored in the terminal 11 in the form of text tables, hash tables, etc., or can be stored in the terminal 11 in other forms. This application does not limit the specific storage form of the local encyclopedia.
  • step S1107 If the terminal 11 can determine the term information of the search object, the following step S1107 is executed. If the terminal 11 cannot determine the term information of the search target, the following steps S1104 to S1106 are executed.
  • S1104 The terminal 11 sends a search request 3 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send the search object term information to the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 may send a search request 3 to the server 12 to request the server 12 to send the entry information of the search object to the terminal 11 .
  • the search request 3 may include one or more search objects for which term information has not been determined.
  • search request 3 may include user-entered search information.
  • S1105 The server 12 determines the term information of the search object based on the search request 3.
  • the server 12 may determine the term information of the search object from the encyclopedia stored in the server 12 .
  • the encyclopedia stored in the server 12 may also include multiple encyclopedia sub-bases, and different encyclopedia sub-bases correspond to different categories.
  • the server 12 may determine the category of the search object based on the search request 3, and then determine the entry information of the search object from the encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to the category.
  • An encyclopedia sub-base can include entry information for multiple search objects of the same category.
  • entry information for multiple search objects of the same category.
  • S1106 The server 12 sends the search object term information to the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 may also, after determining one or more search objects related to the search information, send the one or more search objects to the server 12 and request the server 12 to return the one or more search objects. entry information.
  • the above steps S1102 and S1105 can be executed by the server 12, that is, the server 12 can determine the category of the search object and determine the term information of the search object respectively.
  • the terminal 11 can also directly send the search information to the server 12, and the server 12 determines one or more search objects related to the search information based on the search information.
  • S1107 The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 3 of the search target term information.
  • step S1008 shown in Figure 10 above.
  • S1108 The terminal 11 displays the term information of the search object based on the display parameter 3.
  • the terminal 11 may also display the term information of the search object after rendering the term information of the search object.
  • the entry information of the search object displayed by the terminal 11 may be the entry 433 of Qingcheng Mountain shown in FIG. 4D, and so on.
  • the terminal 11 can still display the picture, grade, name and other entry information of the search object in real time in the drop-down list of the search box, providing the user with more information about the search object and making it easier for the user to search among many other objects. Determine the search target in the search object.
  • S1109-S1114 are similar to S1010-S1015.
  • the detailed encyclopedia stored in the server 12 may include encyclopedia information of one or more categories of objects, and the one or more categories may include any one or more of the following: Items: flora and fauna, celebrities, cities, attractions, restaurants, hotels, etc.
  • the server 12 may determine the encyclopedia information of the search target from the detailed encyclopedia library based on the search target, or may first determine the category of the search target, and then determine the encyclopedia information of the search target from the detailed encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to the category based on the category of the search target. .
  • the terminal 11 can also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 and display nearby animal and plant information based on the location information.
  • nearby animals and plants are animals and plants whose habitat or distribution area and the geographical location indicated by the terminal's location information are less than the first distance threshold.
  • the specific process for terminal 11 to obtain location information and display nearby animal and plant information may include the following steps:
  • the terminal 11 obtains the location information of the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 may also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's search operation. For example, when the user searches for animal and plant objects, or when the user searches for other search targets such as cities and scenic spots, the terminal 11 can obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's search operation. In other embodiments, the terminal 11 can also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's operation of entering the encyclopedia details page (for example, the click operation of entering the encyclopedia control 504 shown in Figure 5A, etc.).
  • the terminal 11 can also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's click operation on the plant and animal encyclopedia control (for example, the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in Figure 4B).
  • the plant and animal encyclopedia control for example, the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in Figure 4B.
  • the location information can be precise geographical location information, such as longitude and latitude information, or fuzzy geographical location information, such as a city, an urban area in a city, and so on.
  • the terminal 11 can obtain the longitude and latitude information of the terminal 11 through the satellite positioning module on the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 can also determine the city where the terminal 11 is located by obtaining the IP address of the terminal 11 and based on the corresponding relationship between the IP address and the city.
  • the terminal 11 may store the corresponding relationship between the IP address and the city.
  • the terminal 11 may also obtain the corresponding relationship between the IP address and the city from the server 12 or other servers.
  • Table 5 shows a corresponding relationship between IP addresses and cities provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Table 5 includes a city column and an IP address column.
  • the city column is used to display the name of the city
  • the IP address column is used to display the IP address corresponding to the city in the city column.
  • the terminal 11 can determine that the city where the terminal 11 is located is Xi'an; when the IP address is 202.96.154.15, the terminal 11 can determine that the city where the terminal 11 is located is Shenzhen; when the IP address When it is 202.106.0.20, the terminal 11 can determine that the city where the terminal 11 is located is Beijing.
  • the terminal 11 may also determine the location set by the user as the location information of the terminal 11 based on the user's location setting operation on the terminal 11 . For example, as shown in FIGS. 5C to 5D , the terminal 11 may display the position setting interface as shown in FIG. 5D in response to the user's click operation on the position setting control 524 in the interface 520 shown in FIG. 5C .
  • the terminal 11 may display the position setting interface as shown in FIG. 5D in response to the user's click operation on the position setting control 524 in the interface 520 shown in FIG. 5C .
  • FIG. 5D For the specific position setting method, reference can be made to the relevant expressions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5D , which will not be described again in this application.
  • S1202 The terminal 11 sends a search request 4 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send information about animals and plants near the terminal 11.
  • the search request 4 may include location information of the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 11 may send a search request 4 to the server 12 in response to the user's search operation.
  • the location information of the terminal 11 may be included in the search request 2 of step S1010 shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the search request 2 may include the search target and the location information of the terminal 11 to request the server 12 to return Search the encyclopedia information of the target, as well as the information of nearby animals and plants in Terminal 11.
  • the location information of the terminal 11 may also be sent to the server 12 as a search request different from the search request 2 (ie, search request 4). That is, the terminal 11 can also respond to the user's search operation and send search request 2 and search request 4 to the server 12.
  • Search request 2 includes the search target
  • search request 4 includes the location information of the terminal 11.
  • the terminal 11 may also send a search request 4 to the server 12 after receiving the user's operation to enter the encyclopedia details page.
  • the terminal 11 can also send a search request to the server 12 after receiving the user's click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control (such as the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in Figure 4B). 4.
  • the animal and plant encyclopedia control such as the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in Figure 4B.
  • the server 12 determines the information of nearby animals and plants based on the location information of the terminal 11, including the names, pictures, endangered levels and distance information of nearby animals and plants.
  • the server 12 After receiving the location information of the terminal 11, the server 12 can determine one or more locations whose distance to the geographical location of the terminal 11 is less than the first distance threshold based on the location information of the terminal 11 and the distribution of animals and plants in the detailed encyclopedia.
  • the flora and fauna are the nearby flora and fauna.
  • the geographical location of the terminal 11 may be the precise geographical location.
  • the server 12 can determine the center of the fuzzy geographical location information as the geographical location of the terminal 11. For example, when the location information of the terminal 11 is Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, the server 12 The center of Nanshan District, Shenzhen City can be determined as the geographical location of the terminal 11.
  • the server 12 may determine nearby animal and plant information from a detailed encyclopedia based on the nearby animals and plants.
  • the nearby animal and plant information may include: names, pictures, endangered levels, and distance information of nearby animals and plants.
  • the information about nearby animals and plants may also include descriptive information about nearby animals and plants, and so on.
  • the endangered level is used to indicate the endangered level of nearby animals and plants.
  • the distance information is used to prompt the distance between the nearby animals and plants and the terminal 11 .
  • Description information of nearby animals and plants is used to briefly describe the characteristics of nearby animals and plants. Characteristics can include any one or more of the following: morphological characteristics, living habits, distribution area, living habits, population status, etc.
  • S1204 The server 12 sends nearby animal and plant information to the terminal 11.
  • S1205 The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 4 of nearby animal and plant information.
  • the display parameters 4 may include name parameters, endangered level identification parameters, picture parameters, position order parameters, distance information parameters, and in some embodiments, may also include description information parameters.
  • the name parameter is used to indicate the font, size, color and display position of the names of nearby animals and plants.
  • the endangered species label parameters are used to indicate the color, shape, size, size and color of the text within the endangered species label for nearby animals and plants, etc. For details, reference may be made to the relevant description in step S1014 shown in Figure 10 above.
  • Image parameters are used to indicate the image size, display position, color tone, etc. of nearby animals and plants.
  • the position order parameter is used to indicate the left-right position order and/or the up-down position order of one or more animals and plants. For example, the higher the endangerment level of animals and plants, the further to the left they are displayed. The closer the animals and plants are to the terminal 11, the closer the display position is to the left, and so on.
  • the distance information parameters are used to indicate the font, color, size, and display position of the distance information.
  • the description information parameters are used to indicate the text font, color, position and size of the description information.
  • the description information parameter is also used to indicate the background color of the location where the description information is located.
  • the background color can be determined based on the endangered level of the search target.
  • the background color can also be consistent with the color of the endangered classification mark.
  • S1206 The terminal 11 displays nearby animal and plant information based on the display parameter 4.
  • the terminal 11 may display the nearby animal and plant information based on the display parameter 4 after performing a rendering operation on the nearby animal and plant information.
  • the nearby animal and plant information displayed by the terminal 11 based on the display parameter 4 may be the nearby animal and plant column 521 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5C , or the nearby animal and plant column 712 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7B .
  • the information of animals and plants near the user, as well as the endangered information of these animals and plants, can be displayed on the terminal 11, which helps to improve the user's awareness of the protection of endangered animals and plants and protect biological diversity.
  • step S1010 shown in FIG. 10 that is, after the server 12 receives the search request 2 sent by the terminal 11, in response to the search request 2, the server 12 can also perform web page processing based on the search request 2. Indexing determines the web search results, and the web search results include one or more web pages related to the search object.
  • the server 12 can send the web page search results to the terminal 11, and the terminal 11 can display the web page search results.
  • the web page search results may be web page results 511 and web page results 512 in the interface 510 shown in Figure 5B.
  • the first interface can also be written as a search interface (for example, the interface 410 in the embodiment shown in Figure 4B, a browser search interface, a web page search interface, etc.).
  • the second interface may be the interface shown in FIGS. 4C to 4F
  • the third interface may be the search interface display interface shown in FIGS. 5A to 5C.
  • the search information input by the user is the first search information
  • the search target determined by the terminal 11 based on the first search information or based on the user's search operation may also be written as the first search object.
  • the user's search operation on the terminal 11 can be written as a first search operation.
  • the first search request sent by the terminal to the server may be search request 2 in the above embodiment
  • the second search request sent by the terminal to the server may be search request 1 or search request 3 in the above embodiment.
  • the second operation may be the user's operation to enter the encyclopedia details page (for example, the click operation to enter the encyclopedia control 504 shown in FIG. 5A, etc.), or it may be the user's click operation to enter the animal and plant encyclopedia control (for example, the click operation to enter the encyclopedia control 504 shown in FIG. 4B). Click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the display interface 410), and so on.
  • the system 10 may include an interaction module 1101, a parsing module 1102, a local encyclopedia module 1103, a rendering module 1104, a display module 1105, a location acquisition module 1106, a parsing module 1201 and an encyclopedia module 1202.
  • the system 10 may also include a web page Index module 1203.
  • the display module 1105 and the interaction module 1101 can also be combined into one module.
  • the interaction module 1101, the analysis module 1102, the local encyclopedia module 1103, the rendering module 1104, the display module 1105 and the location acquisition module 1106 are located in the terminal 11.
  • the parsing module 1201, the encyclopedia module 1202 and the web page indexing module 1203 are located in the server 12.
  • the process of the system 10 determining the search object based on the search information input by the user and displaying the term information of the search object may include the following steps:
  • the interaction module 1101 receives the search information input by the user.
  • the interaction module 1101 sends the search information to the parsing module 1102.
  • the parsing module 1102 determines one or more search objects related to the search information based on the search information.
  • the parsing module 1102 sends the search object to the local encyclopedia module 1103.
  • the search module 1103a in the local encyclopedia module 1103 determines the entry information of the search object from the local encyclopedia stored in the local encyclopedia module 1103b.
  • the local encyclopedia module 1103 sends the entry information of the search object to the rendering module 1104.
  • the parsing module 1102 sends the search object to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 .
  • the parsing module 1102 may also send the search object to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 and request the server 12 to send the term information of the search object. In some embodiments, the parsing module 1102 can also directly send the search information to the parsing module 1201.
  • the parsing module 1201 sends the search object to the encyclopedia module 1202.
  • the search module 1202a in the encyclopedia module 1202 determines the entry information of the search object from the encyclopedia library stored in the encyclopedia library module 1202b based on the search object.
  • the encyclopedia stored in the encyclopedia module 1202b may include the detailed encyclopedia in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 , or may also include a basic encyclopedia. It should be noted that the encyclopedia module 1202 may also include a configuration module 1202c, which is used to configure the encyclopedia library stored in the encyclopedia library module 1202b.
  • the encyclopedia module 1202 sends the entry information of the search object to the rendering module 1104 in the terminal 11 .
  • the rendering module 1104 determines the display parameter 1 of the entry information and renders the entry information.
  • the rendering module 1104 sends the rendered entry information to the display module 1105.
  • the display module 1105 displays the entry information.
  • the process in which the system 10 determines the search target based on the search operation input by the user and displays the search results of the search target may include the following steps:
  • the interaction module 1101 receives the user's search operation and sends the user's operation information to the analysis module 1102.
  • the parsing module 1102 determines the search target based on the user's operation information.
  • the parsing module 1102 sends the search target to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 and requests the return of the encyclopedia information of the search target.
  • the parsing module 1201 sends the search target to the encyclopedia module 1202.
  • the search module 1202a in the encyclopedia module 1202 determines the encyclopedia information of the search target from the encyclopedia library stored in the encyclopedia library module 1202b based on the search target.
  • the encyclopedia module 1202 sends the encyclopedia information of the search target to the rendering module 1104 in the terminal 11 .
  • the rendering module 1104 determines the display parameters of the search results and renders the search results before sending them to the display module 1105.
  • the display module 1105 displays the search results after rendering.
  • the server 12 may also include a web page index module 1203, which may be used to obtain one or more web pages related to the search object based on the search object, as well as the title, link, picture, and detailed content of the one or more web pages. ,etc. Web page indexing module 1203 may also be used to rank the one or more web pages.
  • the process for the system 10 to obtain the location information of the terminal 11 and display one or more nearby animal and plant information may include the following steps:
  • the interaction module 1101 can respond to the user's operation and send a location information acquisition request to the location acquisition module 1106.
  • the location acquisition module 1106 responds to the location information acquisition request and acquires the location information of the terminal 11.
  • the location acquisition module 1106 sends the location information to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 for requesting the return of nearby animal and plant information.
  • the analysis module 1201 determines one or more nearby animals and plants based on the location information.
  • the analysis module 1201 sends nearby animals and plants to the encyclopedia module 1202.
  • the search module 1202a in the encyclopedia module 1202 determines nearby animal and plant information from the encyclopedia library module 1202b based on nearby animals and plants.
  • the encyclopedia module 1202 sends the nearby animal and plant information to the rendering module 1104.
  • the rendering module 1104 determines the display parameters of nearby animal and plant information, and renders the nearby animal and plant information.
  • the rendering module 1104 sends the rendered nearby animal and plant information to the display module 1105.
  • the display module 1105 displays the rendered nearby animal and plant information.
  • the server 12 may also include a rendering module, which may perform all or part of the functions of the rendering module 1104.
  • the parsing module 1102 may also be used to determine categories of search objects and/or search targets.
  • the parsing module 1102 can also be used to determine whether the search object and/or the search target is an animal or plant object.
  • the functional module structure of the system 10 shown in FIG. 13 is just an example.
  • the system 10 may have more or fewer modules than those shown in FIG. 13 and may be combined. Two or more modules, or can have different module configurations.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a search method and system, and a related apparatus. In the method, on the basis of search information input by a user, entry information of one or more search objects related to the search information may be displayed in a drop-down list of a search box, wherein the entry information of each search object comprises the name and class of the search object; and after the user searches for a first search object, a terminal may display encyclopedia information, which is acquired from a server, of the first search object, wherein the display style of the encyclopedia information of the first search object may correspond to the class of the first search object. Moreover, in the method, information of animals and plants, such as pictures, endangerment status, and distance from the position of the terminal, may also be displayed on the terminal on the basis of position information of the terminal, wherein the distances between habitats of the animals and plants and the position of the terminal are less than a first distance threshold value.

Description

一种搜索方法、系统及相关装置A search method, system and related devices
本申请要求于2022年6月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210763937.9、申请名称为“一种搜索方法、系统及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on June 30, 2022, with application number 202210763937.9 and the application title "A search method, system and related devices", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种搜索方法、系统及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a search method, system and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,智能手机、电脑、手环等电子设备与生活的联系愈发紧密。在日常生活中,当遇到不了解的事物时,用户可以通过智能手机等电子设备搜索该事物的相关资料。With the development of communication technology, electronic devices such as smartphones, computers, and bracelets are becoming more and more closely connected with life. In daily life, when encountering something they do not understand, users can search for relevant information about the thing through electronic devices such as smartphones.
例如,当用户想要了解某种生物的详细资料时,用户可以通过智能手机上的应用程序搜索该生物。智能手机响应于用户的关键词输入,可以请求服务器搜索与该生物相关的网页,搜索结果可以通过智能手机呈现给用户。For example, when a user wants to know more about a certain creature, the user can search for the creature through an app on their smartphone. In response to the user's keyword input, the smartphone can request the server to search web pages related to the creature, and the search results can be presented to the user through the smartphone.
但是,采用上述方式得到的搜索结果包括许多与该生物无关的内容,例如搜索“熊猫”时,搜索结果包括与“熊猫”有关的商品、股票、广告,等等,用户需要在诸多搜索结果中查找与“熊猫”这种生物有关的信息,这会增加消耗的时间,降低了用户获取有效信息的效率。However, the search results obtained using the above method include a lot of content that has nothing to do with the creature. For example, when searching for "panda", the search results include products, stocks, advertisements, etc. related to "panda". The user needs to search among many search results. Searching for information related to creatures such as "pandas" will increase the time consumed and reduce the efficiency of users in obtaining effective information.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种搜索方法、系统及相关装置,该方法可以基于用户输入的搜索信息,在搜索框的下拉列表中显示与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象的词条信息。搜索对象的词条信息包括该搜索对象的名称和等级。在用户对第一搜索对象进行搜索之后,终端可以显示从服务器处获取的第一搜索对象的百科信息,且第一搜索对象的百科信息的显示样式可以与第一搜索对象的等级对应。此外,该方法还可以基于终端的位置信息,在终端显示栖息地距离终端位置小于第一距离阈值的动植物的图片、濒危等级、与终端位置的距离等信息。The present application provides a search method, system and related devices. The method can display the entry information of one or more search objects related to the search information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the search information input by the user. The term information of the search object includes the name and level of the search object. After the user searches for the first search object, the terminal may display the encyclopedia information of the first search object obtained from the server, and the display style of the encyclopedia information of the first search object may correspond to the level of the first search object. In addition, the method can also display on the terminal, based on the location information of the terminal, pictures of animals and plants whose habitats are closer to the terminal location than the first distance threshold, endangered levels, distances from the terminal location and other information.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种搜索方法,包括:终端显示第一界面,第一界面包括搜索框,搜索框用于接收用户的输入的搜索信息;终端接收用户输入的第一搜索信息;响应于第一搜索信息,终端显示第二界面,第二界面包括搜索框以及下拉列表,搜索框中包括第一搜索信息,下拉列表中包括第一搜索对象的第一词条信息,第一搜索对象与第一搜索信息有关,第一词条信息包括第一搜索对象的名称和第一搜索对象的等级;终端接收第一搜索操作;响应于第一搜索操作,终端向服务器发送第一搜索请求;终端接收服务器发送的第一搜索对象的百科信息,第一搜索对象的百科信息包括第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果;终端显示第三界面,第三界面包括第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果;其中,第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果包括以下信息中至少一项:第一搜索对象的名称,第一搜索对象的描述信息、第一搜索对象的相关搜索信息和第一搜索对象的图片。In a first aspect, this application provides a search method, which includes: a terminal displays a first interface, the first interface includes a search box, and the search box is used to receive search information input by the user; the terminal receives the first search information input by the user; In response to the first search information, the terminal displays a second interface. The second interface includes a search box and a drop-down list. The search box includes the first search information. The drop-down list includes the first entry information of the first search object. The first search The object is related to the first search information, and the first term information includes the name of the first search object and the level of the first search object; the terminal receives the first search operation; in response to the first search operation, the terminal sends a first search request to the server ; The terminal receives the encyclopedia information of the first search object sent by the server, and the encyclopedia information of the first search object includes the first search result of the first search object; the terminal displays a third interface, and the third interface includes the first search of the first search object. Result; wherein, the first search result of the first search object includes at least one of the following information: the name of the first search object, the description information of the first search object, the related search information of the first search object, and the first search object's picture.
采用上述方法,终端显示的第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果来源于第一搜索对象的百科信息,用户可以直接获取第一搜索对象的百科信息,避免被广告、股票等无关的信息干扰。而且,通过在搜索框的下拉列表中显示与搜索信息有关的搜索对象的词条信息,可以让用户在搜索之前了解更多搜索对象的信息。Using the above method, the first search result of the first search object displayed on the terminal comes from the encyclopedia information of the first search object. The user can directly obtain the encyclopedia information of the first search object and avoid being interfered by irrelevant information such as advertisements and stocks. Moreover, by displaying the term information of the search object related to the search information in the drop-down list of the search box, the user can learn more about the search object before searching.
在一种可能的实现方式中,下拉列表中还包括第二搜索对象的第二词条信息,第二搜索对象与第一搜索信息有关,第二条信息包括第二搜索对象的名称和第二搜索对象的等级。In a possible implementation, the drop-down list also includes second term information of the second search object, the second search object is related to the first search information, and the second piece of information includes the name of the second search object and the second term information of the second search object. The level of the search object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在终端显示第二界面之前,终端基于第一搜索信息从终端的百科库确定第一词条信息,其中,百科库中存储有多个词条信息。In a possible implementation, before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal determines the first entry information from the terminal's encyclopedia based on the first search information, where multiple entry information is stored in the encyclopedia.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,在终端显示第二界面之前,终端向服务器发送第二搜索请求,第二搜索请求包括第一搜索信息;终端从服务器接收第一词条信息。这样,在终端的百科库中未存储第一搜索对象的第一词条信息的情况下,还可以从服务器获取第一搜索对象的第一词条信息。In another possible implementation, before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal sends a second search request to the server, where the second search request includes the first search information; and the terminal receives the first entry information from the server. In this way, when the first entry information of the first search object is not stored in the encyclopedia of the terminal, the first entry information of the first search object can be obtained from the server.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二界面还包括搜索控件,搜索控件用于触发搜索搜索信息;终端接收第一搜索操作,具体包括:终端接收用户在第二界面中针对搜索控件的操作;响应于针对搜索控件的操作, 终端确定第一搜索请求包括第一搜索对象,其中,第一搜索对象为与第一搜索信息关联性最强的搜索对象。In a possible implementation, the second interface also includes a search control, and the search control is used to trigger the search for search information; the terminal receives the first search operation, which specifically includes: the terminal receives the user's operation on the search control in the second interface; In response to operations on the search control, The terminal determines that the first search request includes a first search object, where the first search object is the search object with the strongest correlation with the first search information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端接收第一搜索操作,具体包括:终端接收用户针对第一词条信息的选择操作。In another possible implementation, the terminal receives the first search operation, which specifically includes: the terminal receives the user's selection operation for the first term information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,下拉列表位于搜索框的下方。In one possible implementation, the drop-down list is located below the search box.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一搜索对象的等级与第二搜索对象的等级不同,第一词条信息中等级的显示样式与第二词条信息中等级的显示样式不同。这样,用户可以通过第一词条信息中等级的显示样式更快更直观的确定出第一搜索对象的等级。缩短用户获取等级消耗的时间。In a possible implementation, the level of the first search object is different from the level of the second search object, and the display style of the level in the first entry information is different from the display style of the level in the second entry information. In this way, the user can quickly and intuitively determine the level of the first search object through the display style of the level in the first term information. Reduce the time it takes for users to obtain levels.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一词条信息还包括第一搜索对象的图片。In a possible implementation, the first term information also includes a picture of the first search object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一搜索对象的百科信息还包括第一搜索对象的等级;在终端显示第三界面中,第一搜索对象的等级以第一显示样式显示,第一显示样式和第一搜索对象的等级相对应。这样,用户可以通过第三界面中等级的显示样式更快更直观的确定出第一搜索对象的等级。缩短用户获取等级消耗的时间。In a possible implementation, the encyclopedia information of the first search object also includes the level of the first search object; in the terminal display third interface, the level of the first search object is displayed in the first display style, and the first display style Corresponds to the level of the first search object. In this way, the user can quickly and intuitively determine the level of the first search object through the level display style in the third interface. Reduce the time it takes for users to obtain levels.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一搜索请求包括终端的位置;在终端向服务器发送第一搜索请求之后,终端接收服务器发送一个或多个动植物信息,其中,一个或多个动植物为栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物,一个或多个动植物信息包括动植物的名称、动植物的濒危等级、动植物的图片和动植物的栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离;终端显示一个或多个动植物信息。In a possible implementation, the first search request includes the location of the terminal; after the terminal sends the first search request to the server, the terminal receives one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, where the one or more animals and plants are The distance between the habitat and the location of the terminal is less than the first distance threshold for animals and plants. The one or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal and plant, the endangered level of the animal and plant, the picture of the animal and plant, and the habitat and terminal of the animal and plant. distance between locations; the terminal displays one or more animal and plant information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端还可以接收用户的第二操作;响应于第二操作,终端向服务器发送终端的位置;终端接收服务器发送一个或多个动植物信息,其中,一个或多个动植物为栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物,一个或多个动植物信息包括动植物的名称、动植物的濒危等级、动植物的图片和动植物的栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离;终端显示一个或多个动植物信息。In a possible implementation, the terminal can also receive a second operation from the user; in response to the second operation, the terminal sends the location of the terminal to the server; the terminal receives one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, wherein one or more Each animal or plant is an animal or plant whose distance between the habitat and the terminal location is less than the first distance threshold. The one or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal or plant, the endangered level of the animal or plant, the picture of the animal or plant, and the information of the animal or plant. The distance between the habitat and the location of the terminal; the terminal displays one or more animal and plant information.
这样,可以提高用户的动植物保护意识,有助于保护生物多样性。In this way, users' awareness of animal and plant protection can be improved and help protect biodiversity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当第一搜索对象为动植物对象时,第一搜索对象的等级为濒危等级。In a possible implementation manner, when the first search object is an animal or plant object, the level of the first search object is an endangered level.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,当第一搜索对象为景点时,第一搜索对象的等级为景区等级。In another possible implementation manner, when the first search object is a scenic spot, the level of the first search object is the scenic spot level.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种搜索系统,包括:终端和服务器。In the second aspect, this application provides a search system, including: a terminal and a server.
终端用于显示第一界面,第一界面包括搜索框,搜索框用于接收用户的输入的搜索信息;终端还用于接收用户输入的第一搜索信息;终端用于响应于第一搜索信息,显示第二界面,第二界面包括搜索框以及下拉列表,搜索框中包括第一搜索信息,下拉列表中包括第一搜索对象的第一词条信息,第一搜索对象与第一搜索信息有关,第一词条信息包括第一搜索对象的名称和第一搜索对象的等级;终端用于接收第一搜索操作;终端用于响应于第一搜索操作,向服务器发送第一搜索请求;终端用于接收服务器发送的第一搜索对象的百科信息,第一搜索对象的百科信息包括第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果;终端还用于显示第三界面,第三界面包括第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果;其中,第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果包括以下信息中至少一项:第一搜索对象的名称,第一搜索对象的描述信息、第一搜索对象的相关搜索信息和第一搜索对象的图片。The terminal is used to display a first interface, the first interface includes a search box, and the search box is used to receive search information input by the user; the terminal is also used to receive the first search information input by the user; the terminal is used to respond to the first search information, A second interface is displayed. The second interface includes a search box and a drop-down list. The search box includes first search information. The drop-down list includes first entry information of the first search object. The first search object is related to the first search information. The first entry information includes the name of the first search object and the level of the first search object; the terminal is used to receive the first search operation; the terminal is used to respond to the first search operation and send a first search request to the server; the terminal is used to Receive encyclopedia information of the first search object sent by the server, and the encyclopedia information of the first search object includes the first search result of the first search object; the terminal is also used to display a third interface, and the third interface includes the first search result of the first search object. Search results; wherein, the first search result of the first search object includes at least one of the following information: the name of the first search object, the description information of the first search object, the related search information of the first search object and the first search object picture of.
服务器用于接收终端发送的第一搜索请求;服务器还用于响应于第一搜索请求,向终端发送第一搜索对象的百科信息。The server is configured to receive the first search request sent by the terminal; the server is also configured to respond to the first search request and send encyclopedia information of the first search object to the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端显示的第二界面中的下拉列表中还包括第二搜索对象的第二词条信息,第二搜索对象与第一搜索信息有关,第二条信息包括第二搜索对象的名称和第二搜索对象的等级。In a possible implementation, the drop-down list in the second interface displayed by the terminal also includes second entry information of the second search object, the second search object is related to the first search information, and the second piece of information includes the The name of the second search object and the level of the second search object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在终端显示第二界面之前,终端还用于基于第一搜索信息从终端的百科库确定第一词条信息,其中,百科库中存储有多个词条信息。In a possible implementation, before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal is also configured to determine the first entry information from the terminal's encyclopedia database based on the first search information, where multiple entry information is stored in the encyclopedia database. .
在另一种可能的实现方式中,在终端显示第二界面之前,终端还用于向服务器发送第二搜索请求,第 二搜索请求包括第一搜索信息;终端从服务器接收第一词条信息。服务器用于接收终端发送的第二搜索请求;服务器还用于基于第二搜索请求确定第一搜索对象的词条信息;服务器用于向终端发送第一搜索对象的词条信息。In another possible implementation, before the terminal displays the second interface, the terminal is also used to send a second search request to the server. The second search request includes the first search information; the terminal receives the first entry information from the server. The server is configured to receive the second search request sent by the terminal; the server is also configured to determine the term information of the first search object based on the second search request; and the server is configured to send the term information of the first search object to the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二界面还包括搜索控件,搜索控件用于触发搜索搜索信息;终端用于接收用户在第二界面中针对搜索控件的操作;终端用于响应于针对搜索控件的操作,确定第一搜索请求包括第一搜索对象,其中,第一搜索对象为与第一搜索信息关联性最强的搜索对象。In a possible implementation, the second interface also includes a search control, and the search control is used to trigger the search for search information; the terminal is used to receive the user's operation on the search control in the second interface; the terminal is used to respond to the search control The operation of determining that the first search request includes a first search object, wherein the first search object is the search object with the strongest correlation with the first search information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端用于接收用户针对第一词条信息的选择操作。In another possible implementation, the terminal is configured to receive a user's selection operation for the first term information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,下拉列表位于搜索框的下方。In one possible implementation, the drop-down list is located below the search box.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一搜索对象的等级与第二搜索对象的等级不同,第一词条信息中等级的显示样式与第二词条信息中等级的显示样式不同。In a possible implementation, the level of the first search object is different from the level of the second search object, and the display style of the level in the first entry information is different from the display style of the level in the second entry information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一词条信息还包括第一搜索对象的图片。In a possible implementation, the first term information also includes a picture of the first search object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一搜索对象的百科信息还包括第一搜索对象的等级;在终端显示第三界面中,第一搜索对象的等级以第一显示样式显示,第一显示样式和第一搜索对象的等级相对应。In a possible implementation, the encyclopedia information of the first search object also includes the level of the first search object; in the terminal display third interface, the level of the first search object is displayed in the first display style, and the first display style Corresponds to the level of the first search object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一搜索请求包括终端的位置;在终端向服务器发送第一搜索请求之后,终端还用于接收服务器发送一个或多个动植物信息,其中,一个或多个动植物为栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物,一个或多个动植物信息包括动植物的名称、动植物的濒危等级、动植物的图片和动植物的栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离;终端用于显示一个或多个动植物信息。服务器用于基于终端的位置确定该一个或多个动植物信息;服务器还用于向终端发送该一个或多个动植物信息。In a possible implementation, the first search request includes the location of the terminal; after the terminal sends the first search request to the server, the terminal is also configured to receive one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, wherein one or more Animals and plants are animals and plants whose distance between the habitat and the terminal location is less than the first distance threshold. One or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal and plant, the endangered level of the animal and plant, the picture of the animal and plant, and the habitat of the animal and plant. The distance between the ground and the location of the terminal; the terminal is used to display one or more animal and plant information. The server is used to determine the one or more animal and plant information based on the location of the terminal; the server is also used to send the one or more animal and plant information to the terminal.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端还可以用于接收用户的第二操作;终端用于响应于第二操作,向服务器发送终端的位置;终端用于接收服务器发送一个或多个动植物信息,其中,一个或多个动植物为栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物,一个或多个动植物信息包括动植物的名称、动植物的濒危等级、动植物的图片和动植物的栖息地与终端的位置之间的距离;终端用于显示一个或多个动植物信息。服务器用于基于终端的位置确定该一个或多个动植物信息;服务器还用于向终端发送该一个或多个动植物信息。In another possible implementation, the terminal can also be used to receive a second operation from the user; the terminal is used to send the location of the terminal to the server in response to the second operation; the terminal is used to receive one or more animals and plants sent by the server. Information, wherein one or more animals and plants are animals and plants whose distance between the habitat and the terminal location is less than a first distance threshold, and the one or more animal and plant information includes the name of the animal and plant, the endangered level of the animal and plant, the animal and plant The distance between pictures of plants and habitats of animals and plants and the location of the terminal; the terminal is used to display one or more animal and plant information. The server is used to determine the one or more animal and plant information based on the location of the terminal; the server is also used to send the one or more animal and plant information to the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当第一搜索对象为动植物对象时,第一搜索对象的等级为濒危等级。In a possible implementation manner, when the first search object is an animal or plant object, the level of the first search object is an endangered level.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,当第一搜索对象为景点时,第一搜索对象的等级为景区等级。In another possible implementation manner, when the first search object is a scenic spot, the level of the first search object is the scenic spot level.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,为终端,包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的搜索方法。In a third aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, which is a terminal and includes one or more processors and one or more memories. The one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes. The computer program codes include computer instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the communication device to perform Search method in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在终端上运行时,使得终端执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的搜索方法。In a fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium that includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a terminal, the terminal is caused to perform the search method in any of the possible implementations of any of the above aspects.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的搜索方法。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the search method in any of the possible implementations of any of the above aspects.
其中,第二方面至第五方面的有益效果,请参见第一方面的有益效果,不重复赘述。Among them, for the beneficial effects of the second to fifth aspects, please refer to the beneficial effects of the first aspect, and will not be repeated.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A为本申请实施例提供一种系统10的架构;Figure 1A provides an architecture of a system 10 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1B为本申请实施例提供的一种用于显示网页索引结果的界面1000;Figure 1B is an interface 1000 for displaying web page index results provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的硬件结构;Figure 2A shows the hardware structure of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备200的硬件结构;Figure 2B shows the hardware structure of an electronic device 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种服务器300的硬件结构; Figure 3 shows the hardware structure of a server 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4A-图4F为本申请实施例提供的一组在搜索框的下拉列表中显示搜索对象的词条信息的界面;Figures 4A-4F are a set of interfaces for displaying term information of a search object in a drop-down list of a search box provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5A-图5E为本申请实施例提供的一组显示搜索结果的界面;Figures 5A-5E are a set of interfaces for displaying search results provided by embodiments of the present application;
图6A-图6B为本申请实施例提供的一组显示濒危等级的等级信息的界面;Figures 6A-6B are a set of interfaces for displaying endangerment level information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7A-图7B为本申请实施例提供的一组显示动植物的百科内容的界面;Figures 7A-7B are a set of interfaces for displaying encyclopedia content of animals and plants provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8A-图8C为本申请实施例提供的一组切换搜索结果的语言的界面;Figures 8A-8C are a set of interfaces for switching the language of search results provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的显示相关搜索项的搜索结果的界面;Figure 9 is an interface for displaying search results of related search terms provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种搜索方法的流程示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of a search method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种搜索方法的流程示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of another search method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种显示附近动植物信息的方法流程示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a method for displaying information on nearby animals and plants provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种系统10的功能模块图。Figure 13 is a functional module diagram of a system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、详尽地描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Among them, in the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise stated, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in the text is only a way to describe related objects. The association relationship means that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiment of the present application , "plurality" means two or more than two.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms “first” and “second” are used for descriptive purposes only and shall not be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” The meaning is two or more.
本申请以下实施例中的术语“用户界面(user interface,UI)”,是应用程序或操作系统与用户之间进行交互和信息交换的介质接口,它实现信息的内部形式与用户可以接受形式之间的转换。用户界面是通过java、可扩展标记语言(extensible markup language,XML)等特定计算机语言编写的源代码,界面源代码在电子设备上经过解析,渲染,最终呈现为用户可以识别的内容。用户界面常用的表现形式是图形用户界面(graphic user interface,GUI),是指采用图形方式显示的与计算机操作相关的用户界面。它可以是在电子设备的显示屏中显示的文本、图标、按钮、菜单、选项卡、文本框、对话框、状态栏、导航栏、Widget等可视的界面元素。The term "user interface (UI)" in the following embodiments of this application is a media interface for interaction and information exchange between an application or operating system and a user. It realizes the difference between the internal form of information and the form acceptable to the user. conversion between. The user interface is source code written in specific computer languages such as Java and extensible markup language (XML). The interface source code is parsed and rendered on the electronic device, and finally presented as content that can be recognized by the user. The commonly used form of user interface is graphical user interface (GUI), which refers to a user interface related to computer operations that is displayed graphically. It can be text, icons, buttons, menus, tabs, text boxes, dialog boxes, status bars, navigation bars, widgets and other visual interface elements displayed on the display screen of an electronic device.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种系统的架构。The following introduces the architecture of a system provided by embodiments of this application.
图1A示出了本申请实施例提供的一种系统10的架构示意图。FIG. 1A shows a schematic architectural diagram of a system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图1A所示,系统10可以包括终端11和服务器12,终端11与服务器12之间有通信连接。As shown in Figure 1A, the system 10 may include a terminal 11 and a server 12, and there is a communication connection between the terminal 11 and the server 12.
其中,终端11可以是手机,平板电脑,笔记本电脑,智能手表,电视机以及其他具有显示屏和摄像头的电子设备。例如,终端11可以是图1A所示的手机,也可以是平板电脑、膝上型计算机、车载设备等其他电子设备,本申请实施例对该终端11的具体类型不作特殊限制。终端11通常支持多种应用程序,如摄像程序、图像管理程序、图像处理程序、文字处理程序、电话应用程序、电子邮件程序、即时消息程序、网络通讯程序、媒体播放程序、地理位置定位程序、时间管理程序等。Among them, the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart watch, a television, and other electronic devices with a display screen and a camera. For example, the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone as shown in FIG. 1A , or other electronic devices such as a tablet computer, a laptop computer, or a vehicle-mounted device. The embodiment of the present application does not place any special restrictions on the specific type of the terminal 11 . The terminal 11 usually supports a variety of application programs, such as camera programs, image management programs, image processing programs, word processing programs, phone applications, email programs, instant messaging programs, network communication programs, media player programs, geographical location positioning programs, Time management programs and more.
服务器12可以是Linux服务器、Windows服务器或其他可以提供多设备同时接入的服务器设备,亦可以是多地域、多机房、多服务器所组成的服务器集群。服务器12通常支持消息存储及分发程序、多用户接入管理程序、大规模数据存储程序、大规模数据处理程序、数据冗余备份程序等The server 12 can be a Linux server, a Windows server, or other server equipment that can provide simultaneous access to multiple devices, or it can be a server cluster composed of multiple regions, multiple computer rooms, and multiple servers. Server 12 usually supports message storage and distribution programs, multi-user access management programs, large-scale data storage programs, large-scale data processing programs, data redundancy backup programs, etc.
终端11与服务器12之间的通信连接可以是无线连接,也可以是有线连接。无线连接可以包括但不限于基于2G,3G,4G,5G以及后续标准协议的移动网络的远距离连接,无线连接也是无线局域网络(wireless local area network,WLAN)连接、高保真无线通信(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)连接、蓝牙连接、红外线连接、近场通信(near field communication,NFC)连接、ZigBee以及后续发展中出现的其他无线通信技术等近距离连接。The communication connection between the terminal 11 and the server 12 may be a wireless connection or a wired connection. Wireless connections can include, but are not limited to, long-distance connections based on mobile networks based on 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G and subsequent standard protocols. Wireless connections are also wireless local area network (WLAN) connections, high-fidelity wireless communications (wireless fidelity) , Wi-Fi) connection, Bluetooth connection, infrared connection, near field communication (near field communication, NFC) connection, ZigBee and other short-range connections that will appear in subsequent developments.
终端11可以通过上述通信连接向服务器12发送搜索请求,请求服务器12向终端11发送搜索结果。服务器12可以通过通信连接向终端11发送搜索结果。The terminal 11 can send a search request to the server 12 through the above communication connection, and request the server 12 to send the search results to the terminal 11. The server 12 can send the search results to the terminal 11 through the communication connection.
本申请实施例中介绍了一种基于网页索引的搜索方法,终端11可以送过向服务器12发送搜索请求,请求服务器12向终端11发送搜索结果。The embodiment of this application introduces a search method based on web page index. The terminal 11 can send a search request to the server 12, and request the server 12 to send search results to the terminal 11.
终端11可以获取用户输入的搜索对象,并向服务器12发送搜索请求,请求服务器12向终端11发送 基于该搜索对象得到的网页索引结果,网页索引结果包括一个或多个网页的超链接。服务器12在接收到上述搜索请求之后,可以根据网页索引获取一个或多个与该搜索对象相关的网页,并对一个或多个与该搜索对象相关的网页进行排序和渲染,得到网页索引结果,并将该网页索引结果返回终端11。终端11在接收到服务器12发送的网页索引结果之后,可以将该网页索引结果呈现给用户。此外,终端11可以响应于用户针对网页索引结果中的任一个网页超链接的点击操作显示对应的二级详情页。The terminal 11 can obtain the search object input by the user, send a search request to the server 12, and request the server 12 to send the search object to the terminal 11. The web page index results obtained based on the search object include hyperlinks to one or more web pages. After receiving the above search request, the server 12 can obtain one or more web pages related to the search object according to the web page index, sort and render the one or more web pages related to the search object, and obtain the web page index results. And the web page index result is returned to the terminal 11. After receiving the web page index result sent by the server 12, the terminal 11 can present the web page index result to the user. In addition, the terminal 11 may display the corresponding secondary details page in response to the user's click operation on any web page hyperlink in the web page index results.
示例性的,以搜索“熊猫”为例,图1B示出了一种用于显示网页索引结果的界面1000。Illustratively, taking the search for "panda" as an example, FIG. 1B shows an interface 1000 for displaying web page index results.
如图1B所示,界面1000可以包括搜索框1001和一个或多个网页信息(例如网页信息一1002、网页信息二1003和网页信息三1004,等等)。As shown in FIG. 1B , the interface 1000 may include a search box 1001 and one or more web page information (eg, web page information one 1002 , web page information two 1003 , and web page information three 1004 , etc.).
搜索框1001可用于显示搜索的搜索对象,即“熊猫”。The search box 1001 can be used to display the search object of the search, that is, "panda".
一个或多个网页信息可以包括以下任一项或多项:百科网页信息、股票网页信息、新闻网页信息、广告网页信息等与搜索对象“熊猫”网页信息。每个网页信息可以包括网页超链接、图片和网页简介。网页超链接可用于触发终端11显示对应的二级详情页,图片可以是上述二级详情页中的任一张图片,网页简介用于介绍二级详情页的网页内容。One or more web page information may include any one or more of the following: encyclopedia web page information, stock web page information, news web page information, advertising web page information, etc. and the search object "Panda" web page information. Each web page information can include web page hyperlinks, pictures and web page introduction. The webpage hyperlink can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the corresponding second-level details page. The picture can be any picture in the above-mentioned second-level details page. The webpage introduction is used to introduce the webpage content of the second-level details page.
以网页信息一1002为例,网页信息一1002是熊猫百科网页信息。网页信息一1002可以包括网页超链接1002a、图片1002b和网页简介1002c。其中,网页超链接1002a可用于触发终端11显示熊猫百科的二级详情页,网页超链接1002a可以以网页标题“熊猫百科”形式呈现。图片1002b可以是熊猫百科网页中的任一张图片。网页简介1002c用于介绍该熊猫百科网页的网页内容,网页简介1002c可以是“熊猫一般指大熊猫,是保护动物”。Take web page information 1002 as an example. Web page information 1002 is Panda Encyclopedia web page information. Web page information 1002 may include web page hyperlinks 1002a, pictures 1002b, and web page introductions 1002c. Among them, the web page hyperlink 1002a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the secondary details page of Panda Encyclopedia, and the web page hyperlink 1002a can be presented in the form of a web page title "Panda Encyclopedia". Picture 1002b can be any picture in the Panda Encyclopedia web page. The webpage introduction 1002c is used to introduce the webpage content of the panda encyclopedia webpage. The webpage introduction 1002c may be "Panda generally refers to giant pandas and is a protected animal."
网页信息二1003是熊猫股票网页信息,网页信息三1004是新闻网页信息。Web page information two 1003 is Panda stock web page information, and web page information three 1004 is news web page information.
采用上述基于网页索引的搜索方法,终端11显示的网页索引结果的界面只能给用户提供与熊猫有关网页的网页信息,用户需要进入二级详情页才能够获取熊猫的百科信息。此外,采用上述方法,网页索引结果中会包括许多不必要的信息,例如股票、新闻或广告,等等,这会降低搜索效率。Using the above search method based on web page indexing, the interface of web page index results displayed on the terminal 11 can only provide the user with web page information related to panda-related web pages, and the user needs to enter the secondary details page to obtain the encyclopedia information of pandas. In addition, using the above method, the web page index results will include a lot of unnecessary information, such as stocks, news or advertisements, etc., which will reduce search efficiency.
本申请实施例提供了一种搜索方法,该方法可以基于用户输入的搜索信息,在搜索框的下拉列表中显示与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象的词条信息。搜索对象的词条信息包括该搜索对象的名称和等级。在用户对第一搜索对象进行搜索之后,终端可以显示从服务器处获取的第一搜索对象的百科信息,且第一搜索对象的百科信息的显示样式可以与第一搜索对象的等级对应。此外,该方法还可以基于终端的位置信息,在终端显示栖息地距离终端位置小于第一距离阈值的动植物的图片、濒危等级、与终端位置的距离等信息。Embodiments of the present application provide a search method, which can display the term information of one or more search objects related to the search information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the search information input by the user. The term information of the search object includes the name and level of the search object. After the user searches for the first search object, the terminal may display the encyclopedia information of the first search object obtained from the server, and the display style of the encyclopedia information of the first search object may correspond to the level of the first search object. In addition, the method can also display on the terminal, based on the location information of the terminal, pictures of animals and plants whose habitats are closer to the terminal location than the first distance threshold, endangered levels, distances from the terminal location and other information.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的终端11的硬件结构。The hardware structure of the terminal 11 provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
图2A示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100.
电子设备100可以是手机、平板电脑、桌面型计算机、膝上型计算机、手持计算机、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本,以及蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)设备、可穿戴式设备、车载设备、智能家居设备和/或智慧城市设备,本申请实施例对该电子设备的具体类型不作特殊限制。The electronic device 100 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) digital assistant (PDA), augmented reality (AR) device, virtual reality (VR) device, artificial intelligence (AI) device, wearable device, vehicle-mounted device, smart home device and/or Smart city equipment, the embodiment of this application does not place special restrictions on the specific type of electronic equipment.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently. The components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image  signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor (ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processing unit (NPU), etc. Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, the wireless communication module 160, and the like.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号解调以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , demodulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi) -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或 多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include a or Multiple GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),显示面板还可以采用有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等制造。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. Display 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD). The display panel can also use an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active matrix organic light-emitting diode (OLED). Manufacturing of active-matrix organic light emitting diodes (AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diodes (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise and brightness. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transmission mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. Intelligent cognitive applications of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, etc.
内部存储器121可以包括一个或多个随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)和一个或多个非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory,NVM)。The internal memory 121 may include one or more random access memories (RAM) and one or more non-volatile memories (NVM).
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。Microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。The headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also known as "touch device". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194. The touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen". The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near the touch sensor 180K. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type. Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 at a location different from that of the display screen 194 .
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。 The buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc. Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
图2B示出了一种电子设备200的结构示意图。FIG. 2B shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 200.
如图2B所示,电子设备200可以包括:处理器201,存储器202,显示模块203,电源模块204,通信模块205和摄像模块206。其中:As shown in FIG. 2B , the electronic device 200 may include: a processor 201 , a memory 202 , a display module 203 , a power module 204 , a communication module 205 and a camera module 206 . in:
处理器201可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体实现中,处理器201可主要包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。其中,控制器主要负责指令译码,并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中,处理器201的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(ASIC)架构、MIPS架构、ARM架构或者NP架构等等。Processor 201 may be used to read and execute computer readable instructions. In specific implementation, the processor 201 may mainly include a controller, arithmetic unit, and registers. Among them, the controller is mainly responsible for decoding instructions and issuing control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions. The arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for saving register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during instruction execution. In specific implementation, the hardware architecture of the processor 201 may be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a MIPS architecture, an ARM architecture or an NP architecture, etc.
在一些实施例中,处理器201可以用于解析通信模块205接收到的信号,如服务器发送的搜索结果或显示信息,等等。在一些实施例中,处理器201也可以用于解析摄像模块206获取的图像,确定搜索对象,等等。In some embodiments, the processor 201 may be used to parse signals received by the communication module 205, such as search results or display information sent by the server, and so on. In some embodiments, the processor 201 can also be used to parse images acquired by the camera module 206, determine search objects, and so on.
存储器202与处理器201耦合,用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体实现中,存储器202可包括高速随机存取的存储器,在一些实施例中,存储器202也可包括非易失性存储器。存储器202可以存储通信程序,该通信程序可用于与电子设备100或其他设备进行通信。在另一些实施例中,存储器202也可以存储操作系统,例如uCOS,VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。在一些实施例中,存储器202中可以存储百科库,百科库可以包括动植物百科、矿产资源百科、城市百科,等等。Memory 202 is coupled to processor 201 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions. In specific implementations, the memory 202 may include high-speed random access memory. In some embodiments, the memory 202 may also include non-volatile memory. Memory 202 may store communication programs that may be used to communicate with electronic device 100 or other devices. In other embodiments, the memory 202 can also store operating systems, such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux and other embedded operating systems. In some embodiments, the memory 202 may store an encyclopedia library, which may include an encyclopedia of animals and plants, an encyclopedia of mineral resources, a city encyclopedia, and so on.
在一些实施例中,电子设备200还可以包括显示模块203,显示模块203可用于显示用户交互界面,该用户交互界面可用于提示用户进行输入操作,也可用于显示用户的输入操作以及输入操作的结果。In some embodiments, the electronic device 200 may also include a display module 203. The display module 203 may be used to display a user interaction interface. The user interaction interface may be used to prompt the user to perform input operations, and may also be used to display the user's input operations and the results of the input operations. result.
电源模块204,可以用于提供电子设备200的系统电源,为电子设备200各个模块供电;支持电子设备200接收充电输入等。电源模块204可以包括电源管理单元(power management unit,PMU)和电池。其中,电源管理单元可以接收外部的充电输入;将充电电路输入的电信号提供给电池充电,还可以将电池提供的电信号提供给电子设备200中的其他模块,以防止电池过充、过放、短路或过流等。在一些实施例中,电源模块204还可以包括无线充电线圈,用于对电子设备200进行无线充电。另外,电源管理单元还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。The power module 204 can be used to provide system power for the electronic device 200, power each module of the electronic device 200, and support the electronic device 200 to receive charging input, etc. The power module 204 may include a power management unit (PMU) and a battery. Among them, the power management unit can receive external charging input; provide the electrical signal input by the charging circuit to charge the battery; and can also provide the electrical signal provided by the battery to other modules in the electronic device 200 to prevent the battery from overcharging and over-discharging. , short circuit or overcurrent, etc. In some embodiments, the power module 204 may also include a wireless charging coil for wirelessly charging the electronic device 200 . In addition, the power management unit can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
通信模块205可用于与电子设备100建立通信连接。通信模块205可以包括有线通信模块和/或无线通信模块。其中,有线通信模块可以包括一个或多个输入/输出接口,输入/输出接口可用于提供电子设备200和电子设备100之间的通信有线连接。在一些实施例中,该输入/输出接口可以为USB接口。无线通信模块可以包括蓝牙通信模块。另外,通信模块205还可以包括天线,通信模块205经由天线接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器201。通信模块205还可以从处理器201接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线转为电磁波辐射出去。The communication module 205 may be used to establish a communication connection with the electronic device 100 . The communication module 205 may include a wired communication module and/or a wireless communication module. The wired communication module may include one or more input/output interfaces, and the input/output interfaces may be used to provide a wired communication connection between the electronic device 200 and the electronic device 100 . In some embodiments, the input/output interface may be a USB interface. The wireless communication module may include a Bluetooth communication module. In addition, the communication module 205 may also include an antenna. The communication module 205 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 201 . The communication module 205 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 201, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna for radiation.
摄像模块206可用于拍照或录像。在一些实施例中,摄像模块206拍摄的图像可以作为图像输入,用于确定搜索对象。The camera module 206 can be used to take pictures or video. In some embodiments, the image captured by the camera module 206 can be used as an image input to determine the search object.
可选的,在一些实施例中,电子设备200还可以包括按键、传感器(图2B中未示出)等等。按键可以是物理按键或触摸按键(与触摸传感器配合使用)等,用于触发开机、关机、暂停、播放、录音、开始配对、重置等操作。触摸传感器可以检测用户的单击、双击、多次点击、长按、重压等触摸操作,还可以进行用户指纹识别,以在安全敏感等业务场景中对用户身份进行鉴权。Optionally, in some embodiments, the electronic device 200 may also include buttons, sensors (not shown in FIG. 2B), and the like. The buttons can be physical buttons or touch buttons (used in conjunction with touch sensors), etc., used to trigger operations such as power on, power off, pause, play, record, start pairing, reset, etc. The touch sensor can detect the user's touch operations such as single click, double click, multiple clicks, long press, heavy pressure, etc. It can also perform user fingerprint recognition to authenticate the user's identity in security-sensitive business scenarios.
可以理解的是,图2B所示电子设备200仅是一个范例,并且电子设备200可以具有比图2B中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。It is understood that the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 2B is only an example, and the electronic device 200 may have more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 2B , two or more components may be combined, or Can have different component configurations. The various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,终端11的硬件结构可以参考上述图2A所示电子设备100的硬件结构,也可以参考上述图2B所示电子设备200的硬件结构。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, the hardware structure of the terminal 11 may refer to the hardware structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 2A , or the hardware structure of the electronic device 200 shown in FIG. 2B .
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的服务器12的硬件结构。The hardware structure of the server 12 provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
图3示出了本申请实施例提供的一种服务器300的结构示意图。Figure 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a server 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图3所示,服务器300可以包括:一个或多个网络设备处理器301、存储器302、通信接口303、发射器305、接收器306、耦合器307和天线308。这些部件可通过总线304或者其他方式连接,图3以通过总线连接为例。其中:As shown in Figure 3, server 300 may include: one or more network device processors 301, memory 302, communication interface 303, transmitter 305, receiver 306, coupler 307, and antenna 308. These components can be connected through the bus 304 or other means. Figure 3 takes the connection through the bus as an example. in:
通信接口303可用于服务器300与其他通信设备,例如与项目的消费者使用的电子设备进行通信。具 体的,通信接口303可以是3G通信接口、长期演进(LTE)(4G)通信接口、5G通信接口、WLAN通信接口、WAN通信接口等等。不限于无线通信接口,服务器300还可以配置有线的通信接口303来支持有线通信。Communication interface 303 may be used by server 300 to communicate with other communication devices, such as electronic devices used by consumers of the items. Tool Specifically, the communication interface 303 may be a 3G communication interface, a Long Term Evolution (LTE) (4G) communication interface, a 5G communication interface, a WLAN communication interface, a WAN communication interface, etc. Not limited to wireless communication interfaces, the server 300 can also be configured with a wired communication interface 303 to support wired communication.
在本申请的一些实施例中,发射器305和接收器306可看作一个无线调制解调器。发射器305可用于对网络设备处理器301输出的信号进行发射处理。接收器306可用于接收信号。在服务器300中,发射器305和接收器306的数量均可以是一个或者多个。天线308可用于将传输线中的电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波,或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器307可用于将移动通信号分成多路,分配给多个的接收器306。可理解的,网络设备的天线308可以实现为大规模天线阵列。In some embodiments of the present application, transmitter 305 and receiver 306 may be viewed as a wireless modem. The transmitter 305 may be used to transmit and process the signal output by the network device processor 301. Receiver 306 may be used to receive signals. In the server 300, the number of the transmitter 305 and the receiver 306 may be one or more. The antenna 308 may be used to convert electromagnetic energy in the transmission line into electromagnetic waves in free space, or to convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in the transmission line. The coupler 307 can be used to split the mobile communication signal into multiple channels and distribute them to multiple receivers 306 . It can be understood that the antenna 308 of the network device can be implemented as a large-scale antenna array.
存储器302与网络设备处理器301耦合,用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体的,存储器302可包括高速随机存取的存储器,并且也可包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。Memory 302 is coupled to network device processor 301 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions. Specifically, the memory 302 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
存储器302可以存储操作系统(下述简称系统),例如uCOS、VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。存储器302还可以存储网络通信程序,该网络通信程序可用于与其他通信设备进行通信。The memory 302 can store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as the system), such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux and other embedded operating systems. The memory 302 may also store a network communication program that may be used to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请实施例中,存储器302可以存储本申请实施例中提供的数据分析方法的实现程序,等等。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 302 can store the implementation program of the data analysis method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and so on.
本申请实施例中,网络设备处理器301可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的,网络设备处理器301可用于调用存储于存储器302中的程序,例如本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据分析方法的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device processor 301 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the network device processor 301 can be used to call a program stored in the memory 302, such as an implementation program of the data analysis method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application, and execute instructions contained in the program.
需要说明的,图3所示的服务器300仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,服务器300还可以包括更多或更少的部件,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the server 300 shown in FIG. 3 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the server 300 may also include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
在本申请实施例中,服务器12的硬件结构可以参考上述图3所示的服务器300的硬件结构。In this embodiment of the present application, the hardware structure of the server 12 may refer to the hardware structure of the server 300 shown in FIG. 3 above.
下面结合应用场景,具体介绍本申请实施例提供的一种搜索方法。The following is a detailed introduction to a search method provided by the embodiment of the present application based on application scenarios.
在一些应用场景中,终端11在显示包括多个应用图标的桌面时,可以接收到用户打开搜索信息输入界面的操作(例如,滑动操作、针对应用图标的点击操作、上拉或下拉操作,等等),终端11可以响应于该操作,显示用于搜索信息输入界面,该搜索信息输入界面用于用户输入搜索信息。其中,搜索信息输入界面可以是手机的全搜界面(负一屏界面),也可以是浏览器界面,还可以是应用程序或应用软件中的搜索界面,等等。终端11可以响应于用户输入的搜索信息(例如,文本信息、图片信息、语音信息、影像信息,等等),显示搜索框的下拉列表,并在搜索框的下拉列表中显示一个或多个与搜索信息有关的搜索对象的词条信息,词条信息包括搜索对象的名称和等级,在一些实施例中,词条信息还可以包括搜索对象的图片。In some application scenarios, when the terminal 11 displays a desktop including multiple application icons, it may receive the user's operation to open the search information input interface (for example, a sliding operation, a click operation on an application icon, a pull-up or pull-down operation, etc. etc.), the terminal 11 may respond to this operation by displaying a search information input interface for the user to input search information. Among them, the search information input interface may be a full search interface of a mobile phone (a negative one-screen interface), a browser interface, or a search interface in an application or application software, etc. The terminal 11 may display a drop-down list of the search box in response to the search information input by the user (for example, text information, picture information, voice information, image information, etc.), and display one or more search box related information in the drop-down list of the search box. The search information is related to the term information of the search object. The term information includes the name and level of the search object. In some embodiments, the term information may also include a picture of the search object.
示例性的,如图4A所示,终端11显示有界面400,界面400可以是桌面。其中,界面400中显示了一个放置有应用图标的页面,该页面包括多个应用图标(例如,浏览器应用图标401,股票应用图标,计算器应用图标,等等),该放置有应用图标的页面的下方还显示包括有页面指示符402,以表明界面400上页面总数,以及当前显示的页面与其他页面的位置关系。例如,界面400可以包括有三个页面,该页面指示符中的黑点位于左起第一个位置,可以表示当前显示页面为三个页面中左起的第一个页面。可选的,该放置有应用图标的页面的上方还显示包括有状态栏403,该状态栏403中可以包括有通信信号的强度指示符、电量值、时间等信息。进一步可选的,页面指示符的下方可以有托盘(dock)区域404,该dock区域404中可以包括有一个或多个托盘图标(例如,拨号应用图标、信息应用图标、联系人应用图标、相机应用图标等等),该dock区域中的一个或多个托盘图标可以在页面切换时保持显示。For example, as shown in Figure 4A, the terminal 11 displays an interface 400, and the interface 400 may be a desktop. Among them, the interface 400 displays a page on which application icons are placed. The page includes multiple application icons (for example, a browser application icon 401, a stock application icon, a calculator application icon, etc.), and the page on which the application icons are placed is A page indicator 402 is also displayed at the bottom of the page to indicate the total number of pages on the interface 400 and the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages. For example, the interface 400 may include three pages, and the black dot in the page indicator is located at the first position from the left, which may indicate that the currently displayed page is the first page from the left among the three pages. Optionally, a status bar 403 is also displayed above the page where the application icon is placed. The status bar 403 may include information such as a strength indicator of the communication signal, a power value, and time. Further optionally, there may be a dock area 404 below the page indicator, and the dock area 404 may include one or more tray icons (for example, a dialing application icon, a messaging application icon, a contact application icon, a camera application icons, etc.), one or more tray icons in the dock area can remain displayed when switching pages.
终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对界面400上的向右滑动操作,显示如图4B所示的界面410。The terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's right sliding operation on the interface 400 and display the interface 410 as shown in FIG. 4B .
如图4B所示,界面410可以包括用户切换控件411、搜索框412、搜索控件413、快捷区域414和服务区域415。其中:As shown in FIG. 4B , the interface 410 may include a user switching control 411 , a search box 412 , a search control 413 , a shortcut area 414 and a service area 415 . in:
用户切换控件411可用于切换用户账号。搜索框412可用于显示用户的输入。搜索控件413可用于触发终端11向服务器12发送搜索请求,并在终端11显示服务器12发送的搜索结果。快捷区域414可用于显示一个或多个快捷控件(例如,动植物百科控件414a、扫码控件、付款码控件、更多应用控件,等等)。以动植物百科控件414a为例,终端11可以响应于用户针对动植物百科控件414a的点击操作,显示一个或多个附近动植物信息,例如显示下图5C所示的界面520。服务区域415可用于显示一个或多个服务栏(例如,运动健康栏、日程栏、天气栏,等等)。以运动健康栏416为例,运动健康栏416可以包括服务主题416a,服务主题416a可以包括图标和/或文字,用于提示运动健康栏416提供的服务。运动健康栏416中 还可以包括步数416b,步数416b用于提示用户当天行走的步数。运动健康栏416中还可以包括能量消耗416c和里程信息416d。能量消耗416c用于提示用户当天的步数对应的卡路里消耗,里程信息416d用于提示用户当天行走的步数对应的里程。如图4B所示,根据运动健康栏416中显示的内容可知,用户当天行走的步数为8769步,消耗的能量为186千卡,对应的里程为6.27公里。The user switching control 411 can be used to switch user accounts. Search box 412 may be used to display user input. The search control 413 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to send a search request to the server 12, and display the search results sent by the server 12 on the terminal 11. The shortcut area 414 can be used to display one or more shortcut controls (eg, animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a, scan code control, payment code control, more application controls, etc.). Taking the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a as an example, the terminal 11 can display one or more nearby animal and plant information in response to the user's click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a, for example, displaying the interface 520 shown in Figure 5C below. Service area 415 may be used to display one or more service bars (eg, sports and health bar, schedule bar, weather bar, etc.). Taking the sports and health bar 416 as an example, the sports and health bar 416 may include a service theme 416a, and the service theme 416a may include icons and/or text for prompting the services provided by the sports and health bar 416. Sports and health column 416 The step number 416b may also be included, and the step number 416b is used to prompt the user to take the number of steps taken that day. The sports health column 416 may also include energy consumption 416c and mileage information 416d. The energy consumption 416c is used to remind the user of the calorie consumption corresponding to the number of steps taken that day, and the mileage information 416d is used to prompt the user the mileage corresponding to the number of steps walked that day. As shown in Figure 4B, according to the content displayed in the sports health column 416, the number of steps taken by the user that day was 8769, the energy consumed was 186 kcal, and the corresponding mileage was 6.27 kilometers.
示例性的,当用户输入的搜索信息为“熊”时,终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对界面410中搜索框412输入的搜索信息,显示如图4C所示的界面420。For example, when the search information input by the user is "bear", the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the search information input by the user for the search box 412 in the interface 410 and display the interface 420 as shown in FIG. 4C .
如图4C所示,界面420可以包括搜索框421、搜索框的下拉列表422、一个或多个与搜索信息有关的搜索对象的词条(例如熊词条423和熊猫词条424)、取消控件425和搜索控件426。其中,搜索框421和搜索控件426的具体描述可以参考上述图4B所示实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。取消控件425可用于清除搜索框421中显示的文字。搜索框的下拉列表422可用于显示一个或多个与搜索信息相关的搜索对象的词条。其中,熊词条423可用于触发终端11显示熊的搜索结果界面。熊猫词条424可用于触发终端11显示熊猫的搜索结果界面(例如下述图5A所示的界面500)。搜索对象的词条中显示有词条信息,包括该搜索对象的名称、等级和图,其中,搜索对象的等级可以以等级标识的形式显示在词条中。熊词条423显示的词条信息包括熊423a、熊的图片423b和熊的濒危等级标识423c。熊的濒危等级标识423c用于指示熊的濒危等级为易危(vulnerable,VU)。熊猫词条424显示的词条信息包括熊猫424a、熊猫的图片424b和熊猫的濒危等级标识424c。熊的濒危等级标识423c用于指示熊猫的濒危等级为易危(vulnerable,VU)。As shown in FIG. 4C , the interface 420 may include a search box 421 , a drop-down list 422 of the search box, one or more search object terms related to the search information (such as bear terms 423 and panda terms 424 ), and a cancel control. 425 and search control 426. For specific descriptions of the search box 421 and the search control 426, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, and will not be described again here. Cancel control 425 can be used to clear the text displayed in search box 421. The drop-down list 422 of the search box may be used to display one or more search object terms related to the search information. Among them, the bear entry 423 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the bear search result interface. The panda entry 424 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a panda search result interface (for example, the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A below). The entry of the search object displays the entry information, including the name, level and image of the search object, where the level of the search object can be displayed in the entry in the form of a level identifier. The entry information displayed by the bear entry 423 includes a bear 423a, a bear picture 423b, and a bear's endangered level mark 423c. The bear's endangered level mark 423c is used to indicate that the bear's endangered level is vulnerable (VU). The entry information displayed by the panda entry 424 includes a panda 424a, a picture of a panda 424b, and an endangered species identification 424c. The bear's endangered level mark 423c is used to indicate that the panda's endangered level is vulnerable (VU).
需要说明的是,上述词条信息中搜索对象的图片可以是静态图片,也可以是动态图片,本申请对关联对象图的图片格式不做限定。It should be noted that the image of the search object in the above term information may be a static image or a dynamic image. This application does not limit the image format of the associated object graph.
在上述情况中,熊的濒危等级标识423c和熊猫的濒危等级标识424c可以是国际自然及自然资源保护联盟(international union for conservation of nature and natural resource,IUCN)划定的濒危等级。In the above case, the bear's endangered species label 423c and the panda's endangered species label 424c may be the endangered species classified by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN).
表1濒危等级
Table 1 Endangerment level
表1示出了IUCN划定的濒危等级。表1包括濒危等级、濒危等级对应的英文全称及英文缩写、濒危等级的划分标准。Table 1 shows the endangered levels classified by IUCN. Table 1 includes the endangerment level, the full English name and English abbreviation corresponding to the endangerment level, and the classification criteria of the endangerment level.
根据表1可知,物种的濒危等级按照濒危程度从高到低可以划分为以下七种:灭绝、野外灭绝、极危、濒危、易危、近危和无危。其中,灭绝(extinct,EX)的划分标准为最后一个生物个体死亡。野外灭绝(extinctin the wild,EW)的划分标准为生物仅生活在人工栽培和人工圈养状态下。极危(critically endangered,CR)的划分标准为野外状态下灭绝概率很高。濒危(endangered,EN)的划分标准为在可预见的不久将来,该物种野生状态下灭绝的概率高。易危(vulnerable,VU)的划分标准为在未来一段时间中该物种在野生状态下灭绝的概率较高。近危(near threatened,NT)的划分标准为未达到依赖保护,但其种群量接近易危类群。无危(least concern,LC)的划分标准为现存的物种中被评估为不属于其他分类的物种。 According to Table 1, species’ endangered levels can be divided into the following seven categories from high to low: extinct, extinct in the wild, critically endangered, endangered, vulnerable, near endangered, and least endangered. Among them, the classification standard for extinction (extinct, EX) is the death of the last biological individual. The classification standard for extinctin the wild (EW) is that organisms only live in artificial cultivation and artificial captivity. The criteria for classifying critically endangered (CR) animals is that they have a high probability of extinction in the wild. The classification standard for endangered (EN) is that the species has a high probability of extinction in the wild in the foreseeable near future. The classification standard for vulnerable (VU) is that the species has a high probability of becoming extinct in the wild in the future. The classification standard for near threatened (NT) is that it does not rely on protection, but its population is close to vulnerable species. The classification criteria for least concern (LC) are species that are currently assessed as not belonging to other categories.
可以理解的是,熊的濒危等级标识423c可以是濒危等级的英文缩写(例如“VU”),也可以是中文(例如“易危”)。在一些实施例中,熊的濒危等级标识423c还可以基于熊的濒危等级VU确定出熊的濒危等级标识423c的颜色。例如,熊和熊猫的濒危等级均为VU,熊的濒危等级标识423c和熊猫的濒危等级标识424c颜色均为灰色。如果搜索框的下拉列表422中的词条对应的搜索对象的濒危等级为EX,则该搜索对象的濒危等级标识可以是黑色,等等。本申请对等级标识的颜色不做限定。It can be understood that the endangered level mark 423c of the bear may be the English abbreviation of the endangered level (for example, "VU"), or it may be in Chinese (for example, "Vulnerable"). In some embodiments, the bear's endangered level identification 423c may also determine the color of the bear's endangered level identification 423c based on the bear's endangerment level VU. For example, the endangerment level of bears and pandas is VU, and the color of the bear's endangerment level mark 423c and the panda's endangerment level mark 424c is gray. If the endangerment level of the search object corresponding to the term in the drop-down list 422 of the search box is EX, the endangerment level mark of the search object may be black, and so on. This application does not limit the color of the grade mark.
可以理解的是,当用户输入的搜索信息为其他动植物时,搜索框的下拉列表422中显示的与该其他动植物相关的搜索对象的词条信息中的等级标识,也可以是搜索对象的濒危等级。It can be understood that when the search information input by the user is other animals and plants, the level identifier in the entry information of the search object related to the other animals and plants displayed in the drop-down list 422 of the search box may also be the search object. Endangered level.
在一些实施例中,当用户针对终端11输入的搜索信息为其他人事物(例如,明星、城市、景点、矿产资源、化学元素、等等)时,词条信息中的等级也可以是其他的用于指示与搜索信息有关的搜索对象的某一特点按照一定标准区分出的等级。例如,当搜索对象为城市时,等级可以是用于提示该城市发展程度的“一线”、“二线”或“新一线”等等,也可以是表示该城市宜居程度排名的“超宜居”、“宜居”等等。又例如,当搜索对象为景点时,等级可以是该景点对应的风景区等级,如5A级、4A级等等。又例如,当搜索对象为名人时,等级可以是指该名人获得的荣誉称号,如“茅盾文学奖”、“菲尔兹奖”,等等。当搜索对象为餐厅、酒店、游乐场等提供服务的商家时,等级可以是该商家提供的服务等级,如“四星级”、“五星级”,也可以是该商家的客户针对该商家提供的服务给出的评分等级,如“5分”,“4.5分”,还可以是该商家提供的服务在某一区域中的排名,如“第一”、“第二”等等。又例如,当搜索对象为学校时,等级可以是指该学校的综合实力排名,也可以是指该学校的教学质量、教学环境、教学设施中的某一方面的排名,等等。In some embodiments, when the search information entered by the user for the terminal 11 is other people or things (for example, stars, cities, scenic spots, mineral resources, chemical elements, etc.), the level in the term information may also be other. It is used to indicate the level of a certain characteristic of the search object related to the search information according to certain standards. For example, when the search object is a city, the level can be "first line", "second line" or "new first line", etc., which are used to indicate the degree of development of the city, or it can be "super livable" which indicates the ranking of the city's livability. ”, “livable” and so on. For another example, when the search object is a scenic spot, the level may be the scenic spot level corresponding to the scenic spot, such as 5A level, 4A level, etc. For another example, when the search object is a celebrity, the level may refer to the honorary titles obtained by the celebrity, such as "Mao Dun Literary Award", "Fields Medal", etc. When the search object is a merchant that provides services such as restaurants, hotels, amusement parks, etc., the level can be the service level provided by the merchant, such as "four-star" or "five-star", or it can be the customer of the merchant targeting the merchant. The rating given for the services provided, such as "5 points", "4.5 points", or the ranking of the services provided by the merchant in a certain area, such as "first", "second", etc. For another example, when the search object is a school, the grade may refer to the comprehensive strength ranking of the school, or may refer to the ranking of a certain aspect of the school's teaching quality, teaching environment, teaching facilities, etc.
示例性的,当用户针对终端11的输入为“青城山”时,终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对界面410中搜索框412的输入操作,显示如图4D所示的界面430。For example, when the user's input to the terminal 11 is "Qingcheng Mountain", the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's input operation to the search box 412 in the interface 410 and display the interface 430 as shown in FIG. 4D .
如图4D所示,界面430可以包括搜索框431、搜索框的下拉列表432、一个或多个词条(例如青城山词条433)、搜索控件434和取消控件435。其中,搜索框431、搜索框的下拉列表432、青城山词条433、搜索控件434和取消控件435的具体描述可以参考上述图4B或图4C所示实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。青城山词条433显示的词条信息可以包括青城山433a、青城山的图片433b以及景区等级标识433c。景区等级标识433c可以是“5A”,用于提示青城山景区为5A级景区,且景区等级标识433c的颜色也可以根据景区等级的确定。As shown in FIG. 4D , the interface 430 may include a search box 431 , a drop-down list 432 of the search box, one or more terms (eg, Qingchengshan term 433 ), a search control 434 and a cancel control 435 . For detailed descriptions of the search box 431, the search box drop-down list 432, the Qingcheng Mountain entry 433, the search control 434 and the cancel control 435, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the embodiment shown in Figure 4B or Figure 4C, and will not be described again here. . The entry information displayed by the Qingcheng Mountain entry 433 may include Qingcheng Mountain 433a, a picture of Qingcheng Mountain 433b, and a scenic spot grade mark 433c. The scenic spot grade mark 433c may be "5A", which is used to indicate that the Qingcheng Mountain Scenic Area is a 5A-level scenic spot, and the color of the scenic spot grade mark 433c may also be determined according to the scenic spot grade.
这样,通过在搜索框的下拉列表中显示与搜索信息有关的搜索对象的词条信息,可以让用户在搜索之前了解更多搜索对象的信息,便于用户从一个或多个搜索对象中确定出搜索目标。此外,基于搜索对象的等级确定等级标识的颜色,可以通过颜色更快速更直观地向用户传递消息。In this way, by displaying the term information of the search object related to the search information in the drop-down list of the search box, the user can learn more about the search object before searching, and it is convenient for the user to determine the search object from one or more search objects. Target. In addition, determining the color of the level mark based on the level of the search object can convey messages to users more quickly and intuitively through color.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11可以基于用户针对搜索框412的输入确定搜索框的下拉列表中词条信息的语言。例如,当用户的输入为中文时,搜索框的下拉列表中显示的一个或多个词条信息中搜索对象的名称为中文。又例如,当用户的输入为英文时,搜索框的下拉列表中显示的一个或多个搜索对象的名称为英文,等等。In a possible implementation, the terminal 11 may determine the language of the term information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the user's input into the search box 412 . For example, when the user's input is Chinese, the name of the search object in one or more entry information displayed in the drop-down list of the search box is Chinese. For another example, when the user's input is in English, the names of one or more search objects displayed in the drop-down list of the search box are in English, and so on.
示例性的,当用户针对终端11显示的界面410上的搜索框412的输入为英文“pan”时,接收并响应于用户针对终端11的输入操作,终端11可以显示如图4E所示的界面440。For example, when the user's input to the search box 412 on the interface 410 displayed by the terminal 11 is the English "pan", receiving and responding to the user's input operation on the terminal 11, the terminal 11 may display the interface as shown in Figure 4E 440.
如图4E所示,界面440可以包括搜索框441、搜索控件442、取消控件443、搜索框的下拉列表444、panda词条445。其中,搜索框441、搜索控件442、取消控件443和搜索框的下拉列表444的具体内容可以参考上述图4B或图4C中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。panda词条445显示的词条信息可以包括熊猫的英文名称445a,即panda、熊猫的图片445b以及熊猫的濒危等级标识445c。As shown in FIG. 4E , the interface 440 may include a search box 441 , a search control 442 , a cancel control 443 , a drop-down list 444 of the search box, and a panda entry 445 . For the specific contents of the search box 441, the search control 442, the cancel control 443 and the drop-down list 444 of the search box, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned Figure 4B or Figure 4C, and will not be described again here. The entry information displayed by the panda entry 445 may include the English name of the panda 445a, that is, panda, a picture of the panda 445b, and the panda's endangered level identification 445c.
这样,基于输入的语言来确定搜索框的下拉列表中词条信息的语言,可以保证词条信息的语言与用户输入的语言一致,显示用户熟悉的语言,更方便用户获取有效信息。In this way, determining the language of the entry information in the drop-down list of the search box based on the input language can ensure that the language of the entry information is consistent with the language input by the user, display the language that the user is familiar with, and make it more convenient for the user to obtain effective information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,用户针对终端11输入的搜索信息也可以是图片、影像或语音输入。In a possible implementation, the search information input by the user for the terminal 11 may also be a picture, image or voice input.
示例性的,如图4F所示,终端11可以显示界面450,界面450可以包括图片输入控件451。图片输入控件451用于对终端11进行图片输入或影像输入。例如,图片输入控件451可用于触发终端11显示拍照界面,或是触发终端11显示本地图片选择界面。界面450中的其他内容可以参考上述图4B所示的界面410的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。 For example, as shown in FIG. 4F , the terminal 11 may display an interface 450 , and the interface 450 may include a picture input control 451 . The picture input control 451 is used to input pictures or images to the terminal 11 . For example, the picture input control 451 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a photography interface, or to trigger the terminal 11 to display a local picture selection interface. For other contents in the interface 450, please refer to the relevant description of the interface 410 shown in FIG. 4B, which will not be described again in this application.
可以理解的是,在一些实施例中,终端11显示的界面450也可以包括语音输入控件,用于对终端11进行语音输入。It can be understood that in some embodiments, the interface 450 displayed by the terminal 11 may also include voice input controls for voice input to the terminal 11 .
终端11在接收到用户针对终端11的图像输入、影响输入或语音输入之后,响应于该图像输入或语音输入,终端11可以基于采用图像识别、语音识别等方式确定出一个或多个与搜索信息有关的搜索对象,并在搜索框的下拉列表中显示该一个或多个搜索对象对应的词条,具体的内容可以参考上述图4C所示界面420的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。After the terminal 11 receives the user's image input, influence input or voice input to the terminal 11, in response to the image input or voice input, the terminal 11 may determine one or more search information based on image recognition, voice recognition, etc. Relevant search objects, and the entries corresponding to the one or more search objects are displayed in the drop-down list of the search box. For specific content, please refer to the relevant description of the interface 420 shown in FIG. 4C, which will not be described again in this application.
终端11可以接收并响应于用户的搜索操作(例如,针对搜索控件的点击操作、针对搜索框的下拉列表中词条的点击操作,等等),显示与搜索目标有关的搜索结果。搜索结果包括一些任一项或多项:搜索目标的名称、等级标识、图片、属性信息、描述信息和相关搜索信息。在一些实施例中,搜索结果还可以包括以下任一项或多项:附近动植物信息、网页索引结果。The terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's search operation (for example, a click operation on a search control, a click operation on terms in a drop-down list of a search box, etc.), display search results related to the search target. The search results include any one or more items: the name of the search target, level identification, pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information. In some embodiments, the search results may also include any one or more of the following: nearby animal and plant information, and web page index results.
下面以搜索信息是熊猫为例,介绍本申请实施例提供的一组搜索结果界面。The following takes the search information "Panda" as an example to introduce a set of search result interfaces provided by the embodiments of this application.
示例性的,终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对界面420中熊猫词条424的点击操作,显示如图5A所示的界面500。在这种情况下,终端11可以基于搜索信息确定搜索目标为熊猫。For example, the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's click operation on the panda entry 424 in the interface 420, and display the interface 500 as shown in FIG. 5A. In this case, the terminal 11 can determine that the search target is a panda based on the search information.
如图5A所示,界面500可以包括搜索范围栏501、基础百科栏502、简介栏503、进入百科控件504以及相关搜索栏505。其中:As shown in FIG. 5A , the interface 500 may include a search range bar 501 , a basic encyclopedia bar 502 , an introduction bar 503 , an encyclopedia entry control 504 and a related search bar 505 . in:
搜索范围栏501中可以包括本机、综合、网页、服务、应用、视频,等等。搜索范围栏501中还包括指示符501a,指示符501a可用于指示当前的搜索范围。例如,在图5A中,指示符501a位于搜索范围栏501中“综合”的下方,表明当前界面500显示的搜索结果是在综合的范围内搜索得到的。又例如,当指示符501a位于“本机”下方时,表明当前界面显示的搜索结果是在本机范围内搜索得到的。需要说明的是,指示符501a也可以是其他用于指示搜索范围的标识,例如不同的字体颜色,不同的背景颜色,等等,本申请在此对指示符501a的具体形式不做限定。此外,终端11还可以接收并响应于用户针对搜索范围栏501的滑动操作,切换搜索范围。The search scope bar 501 may include local machine, comprehensive, web page, service, application, video, etc. The search scope column 501 also includes an indicator 501a, which can be used to indicate the current search scope. For example, in FIG. 5A , the indicator 501a is located under "Comprehensive" in the search range column 501 , indicating that the search results currently displayed on the interface 500 are obtained by searching within the comprehensive range. For another example, when the indicator 501a is located below "this machine", it indicates that the search results displayed on the current interface are searched within the scope of this machine. It should be noted that the indicator 501a can also be other identifiers used to indicate the search range, such as different font colors, different background colors, etc. This application does not limit the specific form of the indicator 501a here. In addition, the terminal 11 can also receive and respond to the user's sliding operation on the search range bar 501 to switch the search range.
基础百科栏502可以包括主题502a、等级标识控件502b、百科图502c和属性信息502d。主题502a可用于提示搜索目标的名称,即“熊猫”。等级标识控件502b可用于提示搜索目标的濒危等级,即熊猫的濒危等级为VU,关于濒危等级的具体内容可以参考上述表1的相关描述,此处不再赘述。等级标识控件502b还可用于触发终端11显示濒危等级VU的详细内容,例如触发终端11显示下述图6A所示的界面600。在一些实施例中,等级标识控件502b的颜色还可以基于搜索目标的濒危等级来确定,例如濒危等级越高,等级标识控件502b对应的颜色越深,等等。在一些实施例中,等级标识控件502b可以与上述图4C所示实施例中的熊猫的濒危等级标识424c相同或相似。百科图502c可以包括一张或多张搜索目标(即熊猫)的图片,百科图502c中的任一张图片可以是静态图片,也可以是动态图片,本申请在此对图片的格式不做限定。属性信息502d可以包括熊猫的属性信息,具体可以包括熊猫对应的门、纲、目、科、属、种,等等中的一项或多项。根据图5A显示的属性信息502d可知,熊猫为脊索动物门、哺乳纲、食肉目、熊科。需要说明的是,属性信息502d还可以比上述实施例包括更多或更少的内容,本申请在此不做限定。The basic encyclopedia column 502 may include a topic 502a, a level identification control 502b, an encyclopedia diagram 502c and attribute information 502d. Topic 502a may be used to prompt the name of the search target, namely "panda". The level identification control 502b can be used to prompt the endangerment level of the search target, that is, the endangerment level of the panda is VU. For the specific content of the endangerment level, please refer to the relevant description in Table 1 above, and will not be repeated here. The level identification control 502b can also be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the detailed content of the endangered level VU, for example, trigger the terminal 11 to display the interface 600 shown in Figure 6A below. In some embodiments, the color of the level identification control 502b may also be determined based on the endangered level of the search target. For example, the higher the endangerment level, the darker the corresponding color of the level identification control 502b, and so on. In some embodiments, the level identification control 502b may be the same as or similar to the endangered level identification 424c of the panda in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C. The encyclopedia diagram 502c may include one or more pictures of the search target (i.e., panda). Any picture in the encyclopedia diagram 502c may be a static picture or a dynamic picture. This application does not limit the format of the pictures here. . The attribute information 502d may include the attribute information of the panda, specifically, it may include one or more of the phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc. corresponding to the panda. According to the attribute information 502d shown in Figure 5A, it can be known that the panda belongs to the phylum Chordata, the class Mammalia, the order Carnivora, and the family Ursidae. It should be noted that the attribute information 502d may also include more or less content than in the above embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
简介栏503可用于显示熊猫的描述信息,该描述信息可用于简单介绍熊猫的形态、生活习性、特征等内容中的一项或多项。简介栏503中的描述信息可以是“大熊猫,体色为黑白两色,有很大的黑眼圈。”在一些实施例中,简介栏503的颜色和简介栏503中的描述信息的颜色可以基于熊猫的濒危等级来确定。当搜索目标的濒危等级不同时,简介栏503的颜色不同,简介栏503中描述信息的颜色也不同。简介栏503的颜色可以与上述等级标识502b的颜色相同。The introduction column 503 can be used to display the description information of the panda. The description information can be used to briefly introduce one or more of the panda's morphology, living habits, characteristics and other contents. The description information in the introduction column 503 may be "Giant panda, body color is black and white, with large dark circles." In some embodiments, the color of the introduction column 503 and the color of the description information in the introduction column 503 may be Determined based on the panda's endangered status. When the endangerment levels of the search targets are different, the color of the introduction column 503 is different, and the color of the information described in the introduction column 503 is also different. The color of the introduction column 503 may be the same as the color of the above-mentioned level indicator 502b.
进入百科控件504可用于触发终端11显示熊猫的动物百科界面,例如下述图7A所示界面700,本申请在此暂不详述。The encyclopedia entry control 504 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a panda animal encyclopedia interface, such as the interface 700 shown in Figure 7A below, which will not be described in detail here.
相关搜索栏505可用于显示熊猫的相关搜索信息。相关搜索栏505显示有一个或多个相关搜索项,该一个或多个相关搜索项可以包括与熊猫相关的动物、植物、卡通形象、吉祥物形象,等等,例如小熊猫搜索项505a、熊搜索项505b和卡通搜索项505c。每个相关搜索项可以包括名称和图片,还可以包括濒危等级标识。小熊猫搜索项505a可以包括名称“小熊猫”、小熊猫的图片、以及小熊猫的濒危等级标识,该濒危等级标识可以用于提示小熊猫的濒危等级为EN,濒危等级标识的颜色、字体颜色可以基于小熊猫的濒危等级确定。小熊猫的濒危等级标识可以显示在小熊猫图片的右上角或左上角,本申请对濒危等级标识的显示位置不做限定。熊搜索项505b可以包括名称“熊”、熊的图片、以及熊的濒危等级标识,用于提示熊的濒危等级为VU。卡通搜索项505c可以包括名称“卡通”和熊猫的卡通图片。此外,相关搜索项中还包 括超链接,用于触发终端11显示与该相关搜索项有关的搜索结果。小熊猫搜索项505a可用于触发终端11显示与小熊猫有关的搜索结果界面,例如下述图9所示的界面900,本申请在此暂不详述。熊搜索项505b和卡通搜索项505c也可以用于触发终端11显示与熊或卡通相关的搜索结果的界面。相关搜索栏505中还可以包括主题名称“相关搜索”,用于提示用户相关搜索栏505的用途。The related search bar 505 can be used to display related search information of Panda. The related search bar 505 displays one or more related search items. The one or more related search items may include animals, plants, cartoon images, mascot images related to pandas, etc., such as red panda search item 505a, bear Search term 505b and cartoon search term 505c. Each relevant search term can include a name and image, and can also include an endangered species designation. The red panda search item 505a may include the name "red panda", a picture of the red panda, and the red panda's endangered level mark. The endangered level mark may be used to indicate that the red panda's endangered level is EN, and the color and font color of the endangered level mark. This can be determined based on the red panda's endangered status. The endangered level mark of the red panda can be displayed in the upper right corner or the upper left corner of the red panda picture. This application does not limit the display position of the endangered level mark. The bear search item 505b may include the name "bear", a picture of the bear, and the bear's endangered level mark, which is used to indicate that the bear's endangered level is VU. The cartoon search term 505c may include the name "cartoon" and a cartoon picture of a panda. In addition, related search terms include Includes a hyperlink for triggering the terminal 11 to display search results related to the relevant search term. The red panda search term 505a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a search result interface related to red panda, such as the interface 900 shown in Figure 9 below, which will not be described in detail here. The bear search term 505b and the cartoon search term 505c can also be used to trigger the interface of the terminal 11 to display search results related to bears or cartoons. The related search bar 505 may also include the topic name "Related Search" to prompt the user about the purpose of the related search bar 505 .
在一些实施例中,界面500还可以包括位置设置控件506,该位置设置控件506可用于设置终端11的位置。In some embodiments, the interface 500 may also include a location setting control 506 that may be used to set the location of the terminal 11 .
界面500还可以包括搜索框507、搜索控件508和取消控件509。其中,搜索框507用于显示搜索目标的名称,例如“熊猫”。搜索框507、搜索控件508和取消控件509的具体内容可以参考上述图4B所示实施例中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Interface 500 may also include search box 507, search control 508, and cancel control 509. The search box 507 is used to display the name of the search target, such as "panda". For the specific contents of the search box 507, the search control 508 and the cancel control 509, reference can be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, which will not be described again in this application.
在一些实施例中,搜索结果还可以包括网页索引结果。In some embodiments, search results may also include web page index results.
示例性的,终端11可以响应于用户针对界面500的上滑操作,显示如图5B所示的界面510。For example, the terminal 11 may display the interface 510 as shown in FIG. 5B in response to the user's sliding operation on the interface 500.
如图5B所示,界面510可以包括网页结果511和网页结果512。网页结果511可以包括网页超链接511a、网页图片511b和网页简介511c。网页超链接511a可以用于触发终端11显示该网页超链接511a对应的网页界面,网页超链接511a也可以是文字标题“熊猫宝宝出生”。网页图片511b可以是该网页超链接511a对应的网页中的任一张图片。网页简介511c可以是网页超链接511a对应的网页的内容简介,例如,“动物园迎来新的熊猫宝宝……”。网页结果512也可以包括网页超链接512a、网页图片512b以及网页简介512c。网页超链接512a可用于触发终端11显示网页超链接512a对应的网页界面。网页超链接512a可以是文字标题“野生熊猫半夜’睡不着’”。网页图片512b可以是网页超链接512a对应的网页中的任一张图片。网页简介512c可以是网页超链接512a对应的网页的内容简介,例如“在大熊猫保护区,红外相机记录了一段野生大熊猫独自嬉戏的画面……”。As shown in FIG. 5B , interface 510 may include web page results 511 and web page results 512 . The web page results 511 may include web page hyperlinks 511a, web page pictures 511b, and web page introductions 511c. The webpage hyperlink 511a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the webpage interface corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 511a. The webpage hyperlink 511a can also be a text title "Panda Baby is Born". The webpage picture 511b can be any picture in the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 511a. The webpage introduction 511c may be the content introduction of the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 511a, for example, "The zoo welcomes a new panda baby...". The web page results 512 may also include web page hyperlinks 512a, web page pictures 512b, and web page introductions 512c. The webpage hyperlink 512a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the webpage interface corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 512a. The web page hyperlink 512a may be a text title "Wild panda 'can't sleep' in the middle of the night". The webpage picture 512b can be any picture in the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 512a. The webpage introduction 512c may be the content introduction of the webpage corresponding to the webpage hyperlink 512a, for example, "In the giant panda reserve, an infrared camera recorded a scene of wild giant pandas playing alone...".
可以理解的是,界面510中的网页结果可以是上述网页结果511、网页结果512所示的与熊猫相关的新闻网页,也可以是与熊猫相关的商品、股票等网页,本申请在此不做限定。It can be understood that the web page results in the interface 510 can be panda-related news web pages shown in the above-mentioned web page results 511 and 512, or can also be panda-related commodity, stock, etc. web pages, which are not covered in this application. limited.
界面510还可以包括相关搜索栏513,相关搜索栏513的具体内容可以参考图5A所示实施例中的相关内容,本申请在此不再赘述。The interface 510 may also include a related search bar 513. For the specific content of the related search bar 513, please refer to the related content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A, which will not be described again in this application.
在一些实施例中,终端11可以接收用户的搜索操作或用户进入动植物百科控件的操作,响应于前述操作,终端11可以获取终端11的位置信息,并将位置信息发送至服务器12,用于获取终端11位置信息指示的地理位置附近的一个或多个附近动植物信息。附近动植物信息包括该附近动植物的名称、图片、濒危等级标识和距离信息。在一些实施例中,附近动植物信息还可以包括该附近动植物的描述信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 can receive the user's search operation or the user's operation of entering the animal and plant encyclopedia control. In response to the aforementioned operation, the terminal 11 can obtain the location information of the terminal 11 and send the location information to the server 12 for Obtain one or more nearby animal and plant information near the geographical location indicated by the location information of the terminal 11. The information of nearby animals and plants includes the names, pictures, endangered species identification and distance information of the nearby animals and plants. In some embodiments, the information about nearby animals and plants may also include descriptive information about the nearby animals and plants.
在一些实施例中,终端11显示的搜索结果还可以包括一个或多个附近动植物信息。示例性的,终端11可以响应于用户针对界面500的上滑操作,显示如图5C所示的界面520。In some embodiments, the search results displayed by the terminal 11 may also include one or more nearby animal and plant information. For example, the terminal 11 may display the interface 520 as shown in FIG. 5C in response to the user's sliding operation on the interface 500.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端11也可以响应于用户针对图4B所示界面410中动植物百科控件414a的点击操作,显示如图5C所示的界面520。In another possible implementation, the terminal 11 may also display the interface 520 shown in FIG. 5C in response to the user's click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in FIG. 4B.
如图5C所示,界面520可以包括附近动植物栏521,用于显示一个或多个附近动植物信息。附近动植物栏521可用于显示一个或多个附近动植物的搜索项,例如,丹顶鹤搜索项522和棕熊搜索项523。丹顶鹤搜索项522可用于触发终端11显示与丹顶鹤有关的搜索结果界面。丹顶鹤搜索项522可以包括动植物名称522a,动植物距离522b,动植物简介栏522c,动植物图片522d和濒危等级标识522e。其中,动植物名称522a可用于提示丹顶鹤搜索项对应的动植物名称为丹顶鹤,动植物距离522b可用于提示丹顶鹤距离终端11所处位置的距离为20千米,动植物简介栏522c可用于显示丹顶鹤的描述信息,例如“丹顶鹤是一种大型涉禽,筒体大多白色,头顶鲜红色。”动植物简介栏522c的颜色可以基于丹顶鹤的濒危等级来确定。可选的,丹顶鹤的描述信息的字体颜色可以基于动植物简介栏522c的颜色确定。动植物图片522d可以是丹顶鹤的静态或动态图片。濒危等级标识522e可用于提示丹顶鹤的濒危等级为VU,濒危等级标识522e的具体内容可以参考上述图5A所示的等级标识控件502b的相关内容,本申请在此不再赘述。棕熊搜索项523可用于触发终端11显示与棕熊有关的搜索结果界面。棕熊搜索项523可以包括动植物名称523a,动植物距离523b,动植物简介栏523c,动植物图片523d和濒危等级标识523e。其中,动植物名称523a可用于提示棕熊搜索项对应的动植物名称为棕熊,动植物距离523b可用于提示棕熊距离终端11所处位置的距离为55千米,动植物简介栏523c可用于显示棕熊的描述信息,例如“棕熊是陆地上食肉目提醒最大的哺乳动物之一。”动植物简介栏523c的颜色可以基于棕熊的濒危等级来确定,可选的,棕熊的描述信息 的字体颜色可以基于动植物简介栏523c的颜色确定。动植物图片523d可以是棕熊的静态或动态图片。濒危等级标识523e可用于提示棕熊的濒危等级为LC。As shown in FIG. 5C , the interface 520 may include a nearby flora and fauna column 521 for displaying one or more nearby flora and fauna information. The nearby flora and fauna column 521 may be used to display one or more search terms for nearby flora and fauna, for example, a red-crowned crane search term 522 and a brown bear search term 523. The red-crowned crane search item 522 may be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a search result interface related to the red-crowned crane. The red-crowned crane search item 522 may include animal and plant names 522a, animal and plant distances 522b, animal and plant introduction columns 522c, animal and plant pictures 522d, and endangered species identification 522e. Among them, the animal and plant name 522a can be used to prompt that the name of the animal and plant corresponding to the red-crowned crane search item is red-crowned crane, the animal and plant distance 522b can be used to prompt that the distance between the red-crowned crane and the location of the terminal 11 is 20 kilometers, and the animal and plant introduction column 522c can be used to display the red-crowned crane. The description information, for example, "The red-crowned crane is a large wading bird with mostly white body and bright red head." The color of the animal and plant introduction column 522c can be determined based on the endangered level of the red-crowned crane. Optionally, the font color of the red-crowned crane's description information can be determined based on the color of the animal and plant introduction column 522c. The animal and plant pictures 522d may be static or dynamic pictures of red-crowned cranes. The endangerment level mark 522e can be used to indicate that the red-crowned crane's endangerment level is VU. For the specific content of the endangerment level mark 522e, please refer to the relevant content of the level mark control 502b shown in Figure 5A, which will not be described in detail here. The brown bear search term 523 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display a search result interface related to brown bears. The brown bear search term 523 may include animal and plant names 523a, animal and plant distances 523b, animal and plant introduction columns 523c, animal and plant pictures 523d and endangered species identification 523e. Among them, the animal and plant name 523a can be used to prompt that the name of the animal and plant corresponding to the brown bear search item is brown bear, the animal and plant distance 523b can be used to prompt that the distance between the brown bear and the location of the terminal 11 is 55 kilometers, and the animal and plant introduction column 523c can be used to display the brown bear. Descriptive information, such as "The brown bear is one of the largest mammals in the order Carnivora on land." The color of the animal and plant introduction column 523c can be determined based on the brown bear's endangered level, optionally, the brown bear's descriptive information The font color can be determined based on the color of the animal and plant introduction column 523c. The animal and plant pictures 523d can be static or dynamic pictures of brown bears. The endangered level mark 523e can be used to indicate that the brown bear’s endangered level is LC.
需要说明的是,附近动植物栏521中显示的一个或多个附近动植物的搜索项的排序可以基于动植物与终端11的距离远近来确定,例如,丹顶鹤与终端11的距离为20千米,棕熊与终端11的距离为55千米,丹顶鹤搜索项522的排序结果在棕熊搜索项523的排序结果之前,故而丹顶鹤搜索项522显示在棕熊搜索项523的左侧。在一些实施例中,该一个或多个附近动植物的搜索项的排序也可以基于动植物的濒危等级确定,濒危等级越高,排序结果越靠前,显示位置越靠左。可以理解的是,该一个或多个附近动植物的搜索项的排序结果也可以基于动植物的濒危等级和动植物与终端11的距离来确定,例如,濒危等级越高的动植物排序结果越靠前,且在两个动植物濒危等级相同的情况下,距离越近的排序结果靠前,等等。It should be noted that the ranking of one or more search terms of nearby animals and plants displayed in the nearby animals and plants column 521 can be determined based on the distance between the animals and plants and the terminal 11. For example, the distance between the red-crowned crane and the terminal 11 is 20 kilometers. , the distance between the brown bear and the terminal 11 is 55 kilometers, and the sorting results of the red-crowned crane search item 522 are before the sorting results of the brown bear search item 523, so the red-crowned crane search item 522 is displayed to the left of the brown bear search item 523. In some embodiments, the ranking of the search terms of one or more nearby animals and plants may also be determined based on the endangered level of the animal or plant. The higher the endangering level, the higher the ranking results will be, and the further to the left the display position will be. It can be understood that the ranking results of the search terms of one or more nearby animals and plants can also be determined based on the endangerment level of the animals and plants and the distance between the animals and plants and the terminal 11. For example, the higher the endangerment level, the higher the ranking results of the animals and plants. If two animals and plants have the same endangerment level, the one with the closer distance will be ranked first, and so on.
通过在终端11显示附近动植物的濒危程度以及该动植物与终端11的距离,可以提高用户的动植物保护意识,保护生物多样性。By displaying the endangered degree of nearby animals and plants and the distance between the animals and plants and the terminal 11 on the terminal 11, the user's awareness of animal and plant protection can be improved and biodiversity can be protected.
在一些实施例中,界面520还可以包括位置设置控件524,用于设置终端11所处的地理位置。In some embodiments, the interface 520 may also include a location setting control 524 for setting the geographical location where the terminal 11 is located.
在一些实施例中,终端11也可以响应于用户的位置设置操作,更改终端11的位置信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 can also change the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's location setting operation.
示例性的,终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对界面520上位置设置控件524的点击操作,显示如图5D所示的界面530,界面530用于设置终端11所处的地理位置。For example, the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's click operation on the location setting control 524 on the interface 520, and display the interface 530 as shown in FIG. 5D. The interface 530 is used to set the geographical location where the terminal 11 is located.
如图5D所示,界面530可以包括一个或多个地区栏,例如省份栏531、城市栏532和城区栏533。省份栏531中可以包括多个省份和直辖市,例如,北京、安徽、附件、甘肃、广东、广西、贵州、海南、河北、黑龙江和河南,等等。终端11可以响应于用户针对其中一个省份的点击操作,显示该省份对应的多个城市。以广东省为例,终端11响应于用户针对广东的点击操作,显示城市栏532,并在城市栏532中显示多个广东省的城市,例如,全部、广州、深圳、潮州、东莞、佛山、河源、惠州、江门、揭阳、茂名,等等。终端11可以响应于用户针对深圳的点击操作,显示城区栏533,并在城区栏533中显示多个深圳市的区域,例如,全部,宝安区、大鹏新区、福田区、光明区、龙岗区、龙华区、罗湖区、南山区、坪山区和盐田区,等等。其中,省份栏531中的“广东”和城市栏532中的“深圳”可以采用不同颜色的文字,表明该省份或城市被选中。终端11可以响应于用户针对城区栏533中南山区的点击操作,将终端11的地理位置确定为广东省深圳市南山区。As shown in FIG. 5D , the interface 530 may include one or more region columns, such as a province column 531 , a city column 532 and an urban area column 533 . The province column 531 may include multiple provinces and municipalities, such as Beijing, Anhui, Anhui, Gansu, Guangdong, Guangxi, Guizhou, Hainan, Hebei, Heilongjiang and Henan, and so on. The terminal 11 may display multiple cities corresponding to the province in response to the user's click operation on one of the provinces. Taking Guangdong Province as an example, the terminal 11 displays a city column 532 in response to the user's click operation on Guangdong, and displays multiple cities in Guangdong Province in the city column 532, such as all, Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Chaozhou, Dongguan, Foshan, Heyuan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, Jieyang, Maoming, etc. The terminal 11 may respond to the user's click operation on Shenzhen, display the urban area column 533, and display multiple areas of Shenzhen City in the urban area column 533, for example, all, Bao'an District, Dapeng New District, Futian District, Guangming District, Longgang District , Longhua District, Luohu District, Nanshan District, Pingshan District and Yantian District, etc. Among them, "Guangdong" in the province column 531 and "Shenzhen" in the city column 532 can use different colors of text to indicate that the province or city is selected. The terminal 11 may respond to the user's click operation on Nanshan District in the urban area column 533 and determine the geographical location of the terminal 11 as Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong Province.
在一些实施例中,界面530还可以包括输入栏534,可用于用户输入位置信息。终端11可以响应于用户针对输入栏534输入的位置信息,确定终端11的地理位置。In some embodiments, interface 530 may also include an input field 534 that may be used by the user to input location information. The terminal 11 may determine the geographical location of the terminal 11 in response to the location information input by the user for the input field 534 .
可以理解的是,在一些实施例中,当终端11没有权限获取终端11的位置信息、或终端11没有能力获取终端11的位置信息时,终端11也可以采用图5D所示实施例中的方式,基于用户的位置设置操作,确定终端11的位置信息。It can be understood that in some embodiments, when the terminal 11 does not have the authority to obtain the location information of the terminal 11, or the terminal 11 does not have the ability to obtain the location information of the terminal 11, the terminal 11 can also adopt the method in the embodiment shown in Figure 5D. , based on the user's location setting operation, determine the location information of the terminal 11.
在更改终端11的位置信息之后,终端11可以基于更改后的终端11的位置信息,显示一个或多个附近动植物信息。After changing the location information of the terminal 11, the terminal 11 can display one or more nearby animal and plant information based on the changed location information of the terminal 11.
示例性的,接收并响应于用户的位置设置操作,终端11可以显示如图5E所示的界面540。界面540上附近动植物栏中显示的动植物信息与图5C所示界面530上附近动植物栏中显示的动植物信息不同。Exemplarily, upon receiving and responding to the user's location setting operation, the terminal 11 may display an interface 540 as shown in Figure 5E. The animal and plant information displayed in the nearby animal and plant column on the interface 540 is different from the animal and plant information displayed in the nearby animal and plant column on the interface 530 shown in FIG. 5C .
如图5E所示,界面540包括附近动植物栏541、位置设置控件542。其中,附近动植物栏541包括小熊猫搜索项543和棕熊搜索项544。小熊猫搜索项543可以包括动植物名称543a,动植物距离543b,动植物简介栏543c,动植物图片543d和濒危等级标识543e。其中,动植物名称543a可用于提示小熊猫搜索项对应的动植物名称为小熊猫,动植物距离543b可用于提示小熊猫距离终端11所处位置的距离为25千米,动植物简介栏543c可用于显示小熊猫的描述信息,例如“小熊猫,外形像猫,但较猫肥大,全身红褐色。”。濒危等级标识543e可用于提示小熊猫的濒危等级为EN。棕熊搜索项544可以包括动植物名称544a,动植物距离544b,动植物简介栏544c,动植物图片544d和濒危等级标识544e。其中,动植物距离544b可用于提示棕熊距离终端11所处位置的距离为40千米,棕熊搜索项544中的其他内容可以参考上述图5E所示界面520中棕熊搜索项523中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 5E , the interface 540 includes a nearby animal and plant column 541 and a location setting control 542 . Among them, the nearby flora and fauna column 541 includes a red panda search term 543 and a brown bear search term 544. The red panda search term 543 may include animal and plant names 543a, animal and plant distances 543b, animal and plant introduction columns 543c, animal and plant pictures 543d and endangered species identification 543e. Among them, the animal and plant name 543a can be used to prompt that the name of the animal and plant corresponding to the red panda search item is red panda, the animal and plant distance 543b can be used to prompt that the distance between the red panda and the location of the terminal 11 is 25 kilometers, and the animal and plant introduction column 543c is available. Used to display the description information of the red panda, such as "The red panda looks like a cat, but is fatter than a cat and has a reddish-brown body.". The endangered level mark 543e can be used to indicate that the red panda’s endangered level is EN. Brown bear search terms 544 may include animal and plant names 544a, animal and plant distances 544b, animal and plant introduction columns 544c, animal and plant pictures 544d, and endangered species identification 544e. Among them, the animal and plant distance 544b can be used to prompt that the distance between the brown bear and the location of the terminal 11 is 40 kilometers. Other contents in the brown bear search item 544 can refer to the relevant descriptions in the brown bear search item 523 in the interface 520 shown in Figure 5E. No further details will be given here.
位置设置控件542可用于设置终端11的地理位置。The location setting control 542 can be used to set the geographical location of the terminal 11 .
可选的,界面540还可以包括界面500中显示的一项或多项控件或内容,例如,描述信息,相关搜索栏等等。Optionally, the interface 540 may also include one or more controls or content displayed in the interface 500, such as description information, related search bars, and so on.
采用上述方式,可以通过设置终端11的地理位置,来确定在该地理位置附近的动植物。这样,在终 端11无法主动获取终端11所在地理位置的情况下,或者是在用户想要了解与终端11当前所在地理位置不同的区域的附近动植物的情况下,也可以获取相应区域的附近动植物信息。In the above manner, by setting the geographical location of the terminal 11, the animals and plants near the geographical location can be determined. In this way, in the end If the terminal 11 cannot actively obtain the geographical location of the terminal 11, or if the user wants to know the nearby animals and plants in an area different from the current geographical location of the terminal 11, it can also obtain the information of nearby animals and plants in the corresponding area.
在一些实施例中,终端11可以接收并响应于用户的查看等级信息的操作(例如,针对终端11上等级标识控件的点击操作、针对终端11的双击操作,等等),显示该等级标识对应的濒危等级的等级信息,等级信息包括等级名称、等级介绍、代表物种和物种图册。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's operation of viewing the level information (for example, a click operation on the level identification control on the terminal 11, a double-click operation on the terminal 11, etc.), display the level identification corresponding The level information of the endangered level includes level name, level introduction, representative species and species atlas.
示例性的,终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对上述图5A所示界面500上等级标识控件502b的操作,显示如图6A所示的界面600。For example, the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's operation on the level identification control 502b on the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A, and display the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A.
如图6A所示,界面600可以包括页面主题601、等级信息602和目录控件603。页面主题601可用于提示界面600显示的页面主题为濒危等级。等级信息602可以包括等级名称602a、等级介绍602b、代表物种602c以及物种图册602d。等级名称602a用于提示等级信息602对应的濒危等级为易危(vulnerable,VU)。等级介绍602b可以是易危等级的文字介绍,例如,“易危物种是世界自然保护联盟濒危物种红色名录中其中一个保护现状分类,指现存一些快成为濒危物种的生物,是受到环境因素的影响在中期内可能有比较高的灭绝威胁。”代表物种602c可以包括一个或多个处于易危等级的生物物种,例如,大白鲨、眼镜熊、美洲鳄、山魈、低地貘、东亚江豚、印度洋江豚、卷羽鹈鹕、大熊猫、蝠蟦科,等等。物种图册602d可以包括一个或多个上述生物物种的图片。其中,属于同一个生物物种的多个图片可以以图册的形式显示。As shown in FIG. 6A , the interface 600 may include a page theme 601 , level information 602 and a directory control 603 . The page theme 601 can be used to prompt that the page theme displayed on the interface 600 is endangered. Level information 602 may include level name 602a, level introduction 602b, representative species 602c, and species album 602d. The level name 602a is used to prompt that the endangered level corresponding to the level information 602 is vulnerable (vulnerable, VU). Level introduction 602b can be a text introduction to the vulnerable level. For example, "Vulnerable species is one of the conservation status classifications in the IUCN Red List of Endangered Species. It refers to some existing organisms that are about to become endangered species and are affected by environmental factors. There may be a relatively high threat of extinction in the medium term." Representative species 602c may include one or more biological species at a vulnerable level, such as great white sharks, spectacled bears, American crocodiles, mandrills, lowland tapirs, East Asian finless porpoises, and Indian Ocean finless porpoises , Curly Pelican, Giant Panda, Mantaidae, etc. Species album 602d may include pictures of one or more of the above-mentioned biological species. Among them, multiple pictures belonging to the same biological species can be displayed in the form of an album.
在一些实施例中,代表物种602c中的“大熊猫”的文字颜色可以采用与其他生物物种不同的颜色,用于提示用户是从大熊猫的搜索结果界面进入的濒危等级页面。In some embodiments, the color of the text representing "giant panda" in species 602c may be different from other biological species to prompt the user to enter the endangered level page from the giant panda search results interface.
目录控件603可用于触发终端11在界面600上显示濒危等级目录。The directory control 603 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the endangered level directory on the interface 600 .
可选的,界面600还可以包括搜索框604和搜索控件605,搜索框604可用于显示当前界面600显示的等级信息对应的等级,如“VU”或“易危”。搜索框604还可用于输入其他搜索信息。搜索控件605的具体用途可以参考前述图4B或图5A所示实施例中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the interface 600 may also include a search box 604 and a search control 605. The search box 604 may be used to display the level corresponding to the level information currently displayed on the interface 600, such as "VU" or "Vulnerable". Search box 604 may also be used to enter other search information. For the specific use of the search control 605, please refer to the relevant content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 5A, and will not be described again here.
示例性的,终端11可以响应于用户针对目录控件603的操作,显示如图6B所示的界面610。For example, the terminal 11 may display the interface 610 shown in FIG. 6B in response to the user's operation on the directory control 603.
界面610可以包括濒危等级目录611。濒危等级目录611可以包括EX控件611a、EW控件611b、CR控件611c、EN控件611d、VU控件611e、NT控件611f和LC控件611g。其中,EX控件可用于触发终端11显示灭绝的等级信息,EW可用于触发终端11显示野外灭绝的等级信息,CR可用于触发终端11显示极危的等级信息,EN可用于触发终端11显示濒危的等级信息,VU可用于触发终端11显示易危的等级信息,NT可用于触发终端11显示近危的等级信息,LC可用于触发终端11显示无危的等级信息。每个濒危等级对应的等级信息可以参考图6A所示的易危的等级信息602,本申请在此不再赘述。此外,濒危等级目录611中,VU控件611e可以采用与其他控件不同的颜色,表明当前界面610显示的等级信息为易危的等级信息。Interface 610 may include an endangered species directory 611 . The endangered level catalog 611 may include EX controls 611a, EW controls 611b, CR controls 611c, EN controls 611d, VU controls 611e, NT controls 611f, and LC controls 611g. Among them, the EX control can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of extinction, EW can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of extinction in the wild, CR can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of extremely endangered, and EN can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the level information of endangered. For level information, VU can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display vulnerable level information, NT can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display near-threat level information, and LC can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display non-risk level information. For the level information corresponding to each endangered level, please refer to the vulnerable level information 602 shown in FIG. 6A , which will not be described again in this application. In addition, in the endangered level directory 611, the VU control 611e can adopt a different color from other controls, indicating that the level information currently displayed on the interface 610 is vulnerable level information.
界面610上的其他内容可以参考上述图6A所示界面600的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。For other contents on the interface 610, please refer to the relevant description of the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A, which will not be described again in this application.
在一些实施例中,终端11可以响应于用户查看百科内容的操作(例如,针对进入百科控件的点击操作,等等),显示一种动植物的百科内容,百科内容包括与该动植物的以下任一项或多项信息:形态特征、栖息环境、分布地区、生活习性、种群现状以及现存数量,等等。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 can display the encyclopedia content of an animal or plant in response to the user's operation of viewing the encyclopedia content (for example, a click operation to enter the encyclopedia control, etc.). The encyclopedia content includes the following information about the animal or plant. Any one or more information: morphological characteristics, habitat, distribution area, living habits, population status and existing number, etc.
终端11可以响应于用户针对界面500上进入百科控件504的操作,显示如图7A所示的界面700,界面700是动植物百科界面。The terminal 11 may display the interface 700 shown in FIG. 7A in response to the user's operation of entering the encyclopedia control 504 on the interface 500. The interface 700 is an animal and plant encyclopedia interface.
如图7A所示,界面700可以包括页面主题701、百科目录702、百科内容703、动植物名称704、等级标识705和动植物图片706。页面主题701用于提示界面700为动植物百科界面。百科目录702可以包括一个或多个目录控件,例如,形态特征控件702a、栖息环境控件702b、分布地区控件702c、生活习性控件702d、种群现状控件702e以及现存数量控件702f,等等。目录控件可用于触发终端11显示目录控件对应的百科内容。例如,形态特征控件702a可用于触发终端11在界面700中显示百科内容703中熊猫的形态特征。又例如,栖息环境控件702b可用于触发终端11在界面700中显示百科内容703中熊猫的栖息环境。百科内容703可以包括以下有关于熊猫的一项或多项内容:形态特征、栖息环境、分布地区、生活习性、种群现状、现存数量,等等。具体的,当百科内容703包括熊猫的形态特征时,百科内容可以包括“大熊猫体色为黑白两色,有很大的黑眼圈,头躯长1.2-1.8米,尾长10-12厘米。体重80-120千克,最重可达180千克。头部和身体毛色黑白相间分明。”可以理解的是,上述百科目录702以及百科内容703 中的具体内容只是示例性说明,本申请在此不做限定。需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,搜索结果页面显示的描述信息和/或属性信息可以是动植物百科界面中显示的百科内容的一部分,例如图5A所示的描述信息为图7A所示界面700中熊猫的形态特征的一部分。在另一些实施例中,搜索结果页面显示的描述信息和/或属性信息也可以不在动植物百科界面中显示,即这两个界面中显示的信息没有重合部分。As shown in FIG. 7A , the interface 700 may include a page theme 701 , an encyclopedia catalog 702 , encyclopedia content 703 , animal and plant names 704 , level identifiers 705 and animal and plant pictures 706 . The page theme 701 is used to prompt that the interface 700 is an animal and plant encyclopedia interface. The encyclopedia directory 702 may include one or more directory controls, such as morphological characteristics control 702a, habitat environment control 702b, distribution area control 702c, living habits control 702d, population status control 702e, and existing quantity control 702f, etc. The directory control can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the encyclopedia content corresponding to the directory control. For example, the morphological feature control 702a can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the morphological features of the panda in the encyclopedia content 703 in the interface 700 . For another example, the habitat environment control 702b can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the panda's habitat in the encyclopedia content 703 in the interface 700 . Encyclopedia content 703 may include one or more of the following content about pandas: morphological characteristics, habitat, distribution areas, living habits, population status, existing population, etc. Specifically, when encyclopedia content 703 includes the morphological characteristics of pandas, the encyclopedia content may include: "Giant pandas are black and white in color, have large dark circles under their eyes, their head and body are 1.2-1.8 meters long, and their tail is 10-12 centimeters long." The weight is 80-120 kilograms, and the heaviest can reach 180 kilograms. The hair color of the head and body is distinctly black and white." It is understandable that the above-mentioned encyclopedia catalog 702 and encyclopedia content 703 The specific content in is only an illustrative description, and the application is not limited here. It should be noted that in some embodiments, the description information and/or attribute information displayed on the search results page may be part of the encyclopedia content displayed in the animal and plant encyclopedia interface. For example, the description information shown in Figure 5A is shown in Figure 7A Part of the morphological characteristics of the panda in interface 700. In other embodiments, the description information and/or attribute information displayed on the search results page may not be displayed in the Animal and Plant Encyclopedia interface, that is, the information displayed in the two interfaces does not overlap.
此外,在一些实施例中,百科内容703的背景颜色和文字颜色也可以基于熊猫的濒危等级的颜色来确定。In addition, in some embodiments, the background color and text color of the encyclopedia content 703 may also be determined based on the color of the panda's endangered level.
动植物名称704用于提示界面700中显示的动植物百科为熊猫的百科。等级标识705用于提示熊猫的濒危等级,还可用于触发终端11显示上述图6A所示的界面600。动植物图片706可以是一张或多张熊猫的图片,可以包括静态图片和/或动态图片。The animal and plant names 704 are used to prompt that the animal and plant encyclopedia displayed in the interface 700 is a panda encyclopedia. The level mark 705 is used to indicate the endangered level of the panda, and can also be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A . The animal and plant pictures 706 may be one or more pictures of pandas, and may include static pictures and/or dynamic pictures.
除了通过百科目录702中的目录控件之外,终端11也可以响应于用户针对界面700的滑动操作在界面700中显示百科内容703的不同部分。In addition to using the directory control in the encyclopedia directory 702, the terminal 11 can also display different parts of the encyclopedia content 703 in the interface 700 in response to the user's sliding operation on the interface 700.
可选的,界面700还可以包括搜索框707和搜索控件708,搜索框707可用于显示搜索目标的名称,如“熊猫”。搜索框707还可用于输入其他搜索信息。搜索控件708的具体用途可以参考前述图4B或图5A所示实施例中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the interface 700 may also include a search box 707 and a search control 708. The search box 707 may be used to display the name of the search target, such as "panda". Search box 707 can also be used to enter other search information. For the specific purpose of the search control 708, please refer to the relevant content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B or FIG. 5A, and will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,终端11在显示动植物百科内容的同时,还可以显示一个或多个附近动植物的信息,附近动植物的信息可以参考上述图5C所示实施例中的相关描述。In some embodiments, while displaying the content of the Encyclopedia of Animals and Plants, the terminal 11 can also display information on one or more nearby animals and plants. For information on nearby animals and plants, please refer to the relevant description in the embodiment shown in Figure 5C.
示例性的,接收并响应于用户针对界面700的上滑操作,终端11可以显示如图7B所示的界面710。For example, after receiving and responding to the user's sliding-up operation on the interface 700, the terminal 11 may display the interface 710 as shown in FIG. 7B.
如图7B所示,界面710可以包括百科内容711、附近动植物栏712。其中,百科内容711可以是熊猫的现存数量,例如,“2022年3月消息,数据显示,大熊猫已经从上个世纪七八十年代的1114只增长至1864只,全球圈养种群总数673只。”附近动植物栏712可用于显示一个或多个终端11所处位置的附近动植物的搜索项,例如丹顶鹤搜索项和棕熊搜索项,具体的内容可以参考图5C所示实施例中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 7B , the interface 710 may include encyclopedia content 711 and a nearby flora and fauna column 712 . Among them, the encyclopedia content 711 can be the existing number of pandas, for example, "In March 2022, data showed that giant pandas have increased from 1,114 in the 1970s and 1980s to 1,864, and the global captive population totals 673. "The nearby animals and plants column 712 can be used to display search items for nearby animals and plants where one or more terminals 11 are located, such as red-crowned crane search items and brown bear search items. For specific content, please refer to the relevant description in the embodiment shown in Figure 5C , this application will not go into details here.
在一些实施例中,界面710还可以包括位置设置控件713,用于设置终端11所处的地理位置,位置设置控件713的具体用途以及设置位置的方式可以参考图5C所示实施例中的位置设置控件524以及图5D所示实施例中的相关内容,本申请在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the interface 710 may also include a location setting control 713 for setting the geographical location of the terminal 11. For the specific purpose of the location setting control 713 and the method of setting the location, refer to the location in the embodiment shown in Figure 5C. The setting control 524 and related content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5D will not be described again in this application.
可选的,界面710还可以包括页面主题714,用于提示界面710为动植物百科界面。Optionally, the interface 710 may also include a page theme 714 for prompting that the interface 710 is an animal and plant encyclopedia interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11可以响应于用户设置语言的操作,将界面中呈现的搜索结果更改为用户设置的语言。In one possible implementation, the terminal 11 can respond to the user's operation of setting the language and change the search results presented in the interface to the language set by the user.
示例性的,响应于用户搜索熊猫的操作,终端11可以显示如图8A所示的界面800,界面800用于显示与熊猫有关的搜索结果。For example, in response to the user's operation of searching for pandas, the terminal 11 may display an interface 800 as shown in FIG. 8A , where the interface 800 is used to display search results related to pandas.
如图8A所示,界面800可以包括语言控件801,界面800上包括的其他内容可以参考前述图5A所示的界面500。其中,语言控件801可用于设置界面中显示的搜索结果的语言。As shown in FIG. 8A , the interface 800 may include a language control 801 , and other content included on the interface 800 may refer to the aforementioned interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A . Among them, the language control 801 can be used to set the language of the search results displayed in the interface.
示例性的,响应于用户针对界面800上语言控件801的操作,终端11可以在界面800上显示语言栏802。Exemplarily, in response to the user's operation on the language control 801 on the interface 800, the terminal 11 may display the language bar 802 on the interface 800.
如图8B所示,语言栏802可以包括一种或多种语言控件,例如,中文802a、英语802b、德语、法语、俄语、日语和拉丁语,等等。终端11可以响应于用户针对语言栏802的滑动操作,或是响应于用户针对语言栏802中任一种语言控件的点击操作,将界面800中显示的搜索结果更改为其他语言。此外,语言栏802中,中文802a的颜色可以采用与其他控件不同的颜色,表明当前界面800中显示的语言为中文。As shown in Figure 8B, the language bar 802 may include one or more language controls, such as Chinese 802a, English 802b, German, French, Russian, Japanese, and Latin, etc. The terminal 11 may change the search results displayed in the interface 800 to other languages in response to the user's sliding operation on the language bar 802 or in response to the user's clicking operation on any language control in the language bar 802 . In addition, in the language bar 802, the color of the Chinese 802a can be different from that of other controls, indicating that the language currently displayed in the interface 800 is Chinese.
示例性的,响应于用户针对语言栏802中英语802b的点击操作,终端11可以显示如图8C所示的界面810。Exemplarily, in response to the user's click operation on English 802b in the language bar 802, the terminal 11 may display an interface 810 as shown in FIG. 8C.
如图8C所示,界面810可以包括搜索范围栏811、基础百科栏812、简介栏813、pedia控件814、相关搜索栏815和语言控件816。其中:As shown in FIG. 8C , the interface 810 may include a search range bar 811 , a basic encyclopedia bar 812 , an introduction bar 813 , a pedia control 814 , a related search bar 815 and a language control 816 . in:
基础百科栏812可以包括主题812a、等级标识控件812b、百科图812c和属性信息812d。主题812a可用于提示搜索目标的名称,即“Panda”。属性信息812d可以包括熊猫的基础百科资料,具体可以包括熊猫对应的门、纲、目、科、属、种,等等。上述属性信息812d是以英文的形式显示的。根据图8C显示的属性信息812d可知,熊猫的门纲目科分别为Chordata、Mammalia、Carnivora、Ursidae。需要说明的是,属性信息812d还可以比上述实施例包括更多或更少的内容,本申请在此不做限定。 The basic encyclopedia column 812 may include a topic 812a, a level identification control 812b, an encyclopedia diagram 812c, and attribute information 812d. Topic 812a may be used to prompt the name of the search target, namely "Panda". The attribute information 812d may include the basic encyclopedia information of the panda, and may specifically include the corresponding phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc. of the panda. The above attribute information 812d is displayed in English. According to the attribute information 812d shown in FIG. 8C , it can be seen that the phylum, order, and families of the panda are Chordata, Mammalia, Carnivora, and Ursidae. It should be noted that the attribute information 812d may also include more or less content than in the above embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
简介栏813可用于显示熊猫的描述信息,该描述信息为英文,该描述信息可用于简单介绍熊猫的形态、生活习性、特征等内容中的一项或多项。简介栏813中的描述信息可以是“The giant panda.Its body color is black and white,and it has large dark circles under its eyes.”在一些实施例中,简介栏813的颜色和简介栏813中的描述信息的颜色可以基于熊猫的濒危等级来确定。简介栏813的颜色可以与上述等级标识控件812b的颜色相同。The introduction column 813 can be used to display the description information of the panda. The description information is in English. The description information can be used to briefly introduce one or more of the panda's morphology, living habits, characteristics and other contents. The description information in the introduction column 813 may be "The giant panda. Its body color is black and white, and it has large dark circles under its eyes." In some embodiments, the color of the introduction column 813 and the color in the introduction column 813 The color of the descriptive information can be determined based on the panda's endangerment level. The color of the introduction bar 813 may be the same as the color of the above-mentioned level identification control 812b.
pedia控件814可用于触发终端11显示熊猫的动物百科界面。The pedia control 814 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the panda's animal encyclopedia interface.
界面810中的其他内容可以参考上述图5A和图8A所示实施例中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。For other contents in the interface 810, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 8A, which will not be described again in this application.
这样,可以快速切换终端11界面中的语言。In this way, the language in the terminal 11 interface can be quickly switched.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11可以响应于用户针对相关搜索栏中任一个相关搜索项的操作,显示该相关搜索项的搜索结果。搜索结果包括相关搜索项对应的搜索对象的名称、等级标识、图片、属性信息、描述信息和相关搜索信息。在一些实施例中,搜索结果还可以包括以下任一项或多项:附近动植物信息、网页索引结果。In a possible implementation, the terminal 11 may respond to the user's operation on any related search item in the related search bar, display the search results of the related search item. The search results include the name, level identifier, picture, attribute information, description information and related search information of the search object corresponding to the relevant search term. In some embodiments, the search results may also include any one or more of the following: nearby animal and plant information, and web page index results.
示例性的,终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对界面500上的小熊猫搜索项505a的点击操作,显示如图9所示的界面900,界面900为小熊猫的搜索结果界面。For example, the terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's click operation on the red panda search item 505a on the interface 500, and display the interface 900 as shown in FIG. 9, where the interface 900 is the search result interface of the red panda.
如图9所示,界面900可以包括搜索范围栏901、基础百科栏902、简介栏903、进入百科控件904以及相关搜索栏905。其中:As shown in Figure 9, the interface 900 may include a search range bar 901, a basic encyclopedia bar 902, an introduction bar 903, an encyclopedia entry control 904, and a related search bar 905. in:
基础百科栏902可以包括主题902a、等级标识控件902b、百科图902c和属性信息902d。主题902a可用于提示搜索目标的名称,即“小熊猫”。等级标识控件902b可用于提示搜索目标的濒危等级,即小熊猫的濒危等级为EN。等级标识控件902b还可用于触发终端11显示濒危等级EN的详细内容。在一些实施例中,等级标识控件902b的颜色还可以基于搜索目标的濒危等级来确定,例如濒危等级越高,等级标识控件902b对应的颜色越深,等等。百科图902c可以包括一张或多张小熊猫的图片,百科图902c中的任一张图片可以是静态图片,也可以是动态图片,本申请在此对图片的格式不做限定。属性信息902d可以包括小熊猫的基础百科资料,具体可以包括小熊猫对应的门、纲、目、科、属、种,等等。根据图9显示的属性信息902d可知,熊猫为脊索动物门、哺乳纲、食肉目、小熊猫科、小熊猫属、小熊猫种。需要说明的是,属性信息902d还可以比上述实施例包括更多或更少的内容,本申请在此不做限定。The basic encyclopedia column 902 may include a topic 902a, a level identification control 902b, an encyclopedia diagram 902c, and attribute information 902d. Topic 902a may be used to prompt the name of the search target, namely "red panda". The level identification control 902b can be used to prompt the endangered level of the search target, that is, the endangered level of the red panda is EN. The level identification control 902b can also be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the detailed content of the endangered level EN. In some embodiments, the color of the level identification control 902b may also be determined based on the endangerment level of the search target. For example, the higher the endangerment level, the darker the corresponding color of the level identification control 902b, and so on. The encyclopedia diagram 902c may include one or more pictures of red pandas. Any picture in the encyclopedia diagram 902c may be a static picture or a dynamic picture. This application does not limit the format of the pictures here. The attribute information 902d may include the basic encyclopedia information of the red panda, specifically the phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc. corresponding to the red panda. According to the attribute information 902d shown in FIG. 9 , it can be known that the panda belongs to the phylum Chordata, the class Mammalia, the order Carnivora, the family Red Panda, the genus Red Panda, and the species Red Panda. It should be noted that the attribute information 902d may also include more or less content than in the above embodiment, which is not limited in this application.
简介栏903可用于显示小熊猫的描述信息,该描述信息可用于简单介绍小熊猫的形态、生活习性、特征等内容中的一项或多项。简介栏903中的描述信息可以是“小熊猫,外形像猫,但较猫肥大,全身红褐色。脸圆,吻部较短,链家由白色斑纹。”在一些实施例中,简介栏903的颜色和简介栏903中的描述信息的颜色可以基于小熊猫的濒危等级来确定。简介栏903的颜色可以与上述等级标识控件902b的颜色相同。The introduction column 903 can be used to display the description information of the red panda. The description information can be used to briefly introduce one or more of the red panda's morphology, living habits, characteristics and other contents. The description information in the introduction column 903 may be "Red panda, looks like a cat, but is fatter than a cat, and has a reddish-brown body. It has a round face, a short snout, and white markings on its body." In some embodiments, the description column 903 The color of the description information in the color and introduction column 903 may be determined based on the endangered level of the red panda. The color of the introduction bar 903 may be the same as the color of the above-mentioned level identification control 902b.
进入百科控件904可用于触发终端11显示小熊猫的动物百科界面。The encyclopedia entry control 904 can be used to trigger the terminal 11 to display the animal encyclopedia interface of the red panda.
相关搜索栏905可用于显示一个或多个相关搜索项,该一个或多个相关搜索项可以包括与小熊猫相关的动物、植物、卡通形象、吉祥物形象,等等,例如熊猫搜索项905a、熊搜索项905b和卡通搜索项905c。每个相关搜索项可以包括名称和图片,还可以包括等级标识。相关搜索项的具体内容可以参考图5A所示实施例中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。相关搜索栏905中还可以包括主题名称“相关搜索”,用于提示用户相关搜索栏905的用途。The related search bar 905 can be used to display one or more related search terms, which can include animals, plants, cartoon images, mascot images related to red pandas, etc., such as panda search terms 905a, Bear search term 905b and cartoon search term 905c. Each relevant search term can include a name and picture, and can also include a rating designation. For the specific content of the relevant search terms, please refer to the relevant description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be described again in this application. The related search bar 905 may also include the topic name "Related Search" to prompt the user about the purpose of the related search bar 905 .
在一些实施例中,界面900还可以包括位置设置控件906,该位置设置控件906可用于设置终端11的位置。In some embodiments, the interface 900 may also include a location setting control 906 that may be used to set the location of the terminal 11 .
界面900还可以包括搜索框907、搜索控件908和取消控件909,这些控件的具体用途可以参考图5A所示实施例中的相关内容,此处不再赘述。The interface 900 may also include a search box 907, a search control 908, and a cancel control 909. For the specific uses of these controls, please refer to the relevant content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A, which will not be described again here.
这样,用户无需再进行搜索操作,就可以跳转到相关搜索项的搜索结果界面。简化了搜索步骤,提高了搜索效率。In this way, users can jump to the search results interface of related search items without performing a search operation. Simplified search steps and improved search efficiency.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种搜索方法。The following introduces a search method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图10提出了本申请实施例提供的一种搜索方法的流程示意图。Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of a search method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图10所示,搜索方法的流程可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 10, the process of the search method may include the following steps:
S1001,终端11响应于用户输入的搜索信息,确定与搜索信息有关的搜索对象。S1001: In response to the search information input by the user, the terminal 11 determines a search object related to the search information.
搜索信息可以是用户针对终端11的文本、图片、语音或影像等输入。当搜索信息为文本信息时,用 户可以通过图4B所示的搜索框412输入。例如搜索信息可以是上述图4C所示的“熊”、或图4D所示的“青城山”等文字输入。当搜索信息为图片、影像或语音信息时,用户可以通过点击对应的输入控件输入,例如图4F所示的图片输入控件451。本申请在此对搜索信息的具体形式不做限定。The search information may be text, picture, voice or video input by the user to the terminal 11 . When the search information is text information, use Users can enter through the search box 412 shown in Figure 4B. For example, the search information may be text input such as "bear" as shown in Figure 4C or "Qingcheng Mountain" as shown in Figure 4D. When the search information is a picture, image or voice information, the user can input it by clicking the corresponding input control, such as the picture input control 451 shown in Figure 4F. This application does not limit the specific form of searching information.
在终端11接收到用户的搜索信息之后,基于搜索信息确定与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象。After the terminal 11 receives the user's search information, one or more search objects related to the search information are determined based on the search information.
当搜索信息为文字输入时,终端11可以基于该文字输入确定出一个或多个与该文字输入相关的搜索对象,例如图4C所示实施例中,当搜索信息为“熊”时,可以确定搜索对象可以包括“熊”和“熊猫”。在一些实施例中,当搜索信息为“熊”时,搜索对象还可以包括“棕熊”、“北极熊”,“眼镜熊”等等。当搜索信息为图片或影像输入时,终端11可以基于该图片输入或影像输入,通过图像识别等方式从搜索信息中确定出搜索对象,例如,当搜索信息为熊猫图片时,终端11可以采用图像识别等方式从熊猫图片中识别出关联对象为熊猫。当搜索信息为语音输入“熊”时,终端11可以通过语音识别方式从搜索信息中确定出搜索对象为“熊”、“棕熊”,等等。When the search information is text input, the terminal 11 can determine one or more search objects related to the text input based on the text input. For example, in the embodiment shown in Figure 4C, when the search information is "bear", it can be determined Searches can include "bear" and "panda." In some embodiments, when the search information is "bear", the search objects may also include "brown bear", "polar bear", "spectacled bear", etc. When the search information is a picture or image input, the terminal 11 can determine the search object from the search information through image recognition or other methods based on the picture input or image input. For example, when the search information is a panda picture, the terminal 11 can use the image Identify related objects as pandas from panda pictures through identification and other methods. When the search information is the voice input "bear", the terminal 11 can determine from the search information through voice recognition that the search object is "bear", "brown bear", etc.
S1002,终端11判断搜索对象是否为动植物对象。S1002. The terminal 11 determines whether the search object is an animal or plant object.
可选的,在确定与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象之后,终端11还可以判断该一个或多个搜索对象是否为动植物对象。终端11可以基于搜索对象与动植物名称是否相同或相似确定搜索对象是否为动植物对象。其中,动植物名称可以是终端11存储的多个动植物名称中的任一个,也可以是终端11请求服务器12或其他服务器发送的多个动植物名称中的任一个。在一些实施例中,终端11也可以请求服务器12判断搜索对象是否为动植物。服务器12在确定判断结果后,可以将判断结果发送给终端11。本申请在此不做限定。Optionally, after determining one or more search objects related to the search information, the terminal 11 may also determine whether the one or more search objects are animal or plant objects. The terminal 11 may determine whether the search object is an animal or plant object based on whether the search object and the name of the animal or plant are the same or similar. The animal and plant names may be any one of multiple animal and plant names stored by the terminal 11 , or may be any one of multiple animal and plant names sent by the terminal 11 requesting the server 12 or other servers. In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may also request the server 12 to determine whether the search object is an animal or plant. After determining the judgment result, the server 12 may send the judgment result to the terminal 11 . This application is not limited here.
当终端11确定搜索对象为动植物对象时,终端11执行下述步骤S1004。当终端11确定搜索对象不是动植物对象时,终端11可以执行步骤S1003,确定该搜索对象的词条信息为该搜索对象的名称。When the terminal 11 determines that the search object is an animal or plant object, the terminal 11 executes the following step S1004. When the terminal 11 determines that the search object is not an animal or plant object, the terminal 11 may execute step S1003 to determine that the entry information of the search object is the name of the search object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当搜索对象不是动植物时,终端11也可以执行其他步骤,具体可以参考图11所示实施例中的描述,本申请在此暂不详述。In a possible implementation, when the search object is not animals or plants, the terminal 11 may also perform other steps. For details, please refer to the description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , which will not be described in detail here.
S1003,确定搜索对象的词条信息为搜索对象的名称。S1003. Determine the term information of the search object to be the name of the search object.
S1004,判断终端11能否确定动植物对象的词条信息。S1004, determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the animal and plant objects.
终端11在确定搜索对象为动植物对象之后,可以判断终端11是否可以从终端11存储的本地百科库中确定出该动植物对象的词条信息。After determining that the search object is an animal or plant object, the terminal 11 can determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the animal or plant object from the local encyclopedia stored in the terminal 11 .
本地百科库可以包括一个或多个动植物对象的词条信息。每个动植物对象的词条信息可以包括该动植物对象的名称和濒危等级。在一些实施例中,动植物对象的词条信息还包括该动植物对象的图片,该动植物对象的图片可以是静态图片,也可以是动态图片,等等。关于濒危等级的相关描述可以参考表1所示实施例中的内容。The local encyclopedia can include entry information for one or more animal and plant objects. The entry information of each animal or plant object may include the name and endangered level of the animal or plant object. In some embodiments, the entry information of animal and plant objects also includes pictures of the animal and plant objects. The pictures of the animal and plant objects may be static pictures, dynamic pictures, etc. For relevant descriptions of endangered levels, please refer to the content in the embodiment shown in Table 1.
示例性的,下面结合表2介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种本地百科库的内容组成。For example, the content composition of a local encyclopedia provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below in conjunction with Table 2.
表2本地百科库
Table 2 Local encyclopedia library
如表2所示,本地百科库可以包括名称栏、图片栏和濒危等级栏。其中,名称栏用于提示指示动植物对象的名称,例如“熊猫”和“熊”。图片栏用于指示动植物对象的图片或动植物对象的图片存储地址,例如“地址1”和“地址2”。濒危等级栏用于指示动植物对象的濒危等级,例如“VU”。根据表2可知,熊猫的图片存储地址为地址1,等级为VU;熊的图片存储地址为地址2,等级为VU。终端11可以基于名称栏中的动植物对象的名称从本地百科库中确定出动植物对象的图片、等级等词条信息。As shown in Table 2, the local encyclopedia can include a name column, a picture column, and an endangerment level column. Among them, the name column is used to prompt the names of animal and plant objects, such as "panda" and "bear". The picture column is used to indicate pictures of animal and plant objects or storage addresses of pictures of animal and plant objects, such as "Address 1" and "Address 2". The Endangerment Level column is used to indicate the endangerment level of an animal or plant object, such as "VU". According to Table 2, it can be seen that the storage address of the panda picture is address 1 and the level is VU; the storage address of the bear picture is address 2 and the level is VU. The terminal 11 can determine entry information such as pictures and grades of the animal and plant objects from the local encyclopedia based on the names of the animal and plant objects in the name column.
可以理解的是,表2只是示例性说明本地百科库的内容,在本申请实施例中,本地百科库也可以包括比上述表2更多或更少的内容。It can be understood that Table 2 is only an example of the content of the local encyclopedia. In the embodiment of the present application, the local encyclopedia may also include more or less content than the above-mentioned Table 2.
需要说明的是,本地百科库可以以文本表格、哈希表等表格形式存储在终端11中,也可以采用其他形式存储在终端11中,本申请对本地百科库的具体存储形式不做限定。It should be noted that the local encyclopedia can be stored in the terminal 11 in the form of text tables, hash tables, etc., or can be stored in the terminal 11 in other forms. This application does not limit the specific storage form of the local encyclopedia.
若终端11可以确定出动植物对象的词条信息,则执行下述步骤S1008。若终端11无法确定出动植物对象的词条信息,则执行下述步骤S1005至步骤S1007。If the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the animal and plant objects, the following step S1008 is executed. If the terminal 11 cannot determine the entry information of the animal or plant object, the following steps S1005 to S1007 are executed.
S1005,终端11向服务器12发送搜索请求1,用于请求服务器12向终端11发送动植物对象的词条信 息。S1005, the terminal 11 sends a search request 1 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send entry information of animal and plant objects to the terminal 11. interest.
当终端11基于本地百科库无法确定出动植物对象的词条信息时,终端11可以向服务器12发送搜索请求1,用于请求服务器12向终端11发送动植物对象的词条信息。搜索请求1可以包括一个或多个未确定出词条信息的动植物对象。When the terminal 11 cannot determine the entry information of animal and plant objects based on the local encyclopedia, the terminal 11 may send a search request 1 to the server 12 to request the server 12 to send the entry information of the animal and plant objects to the terminal 11 . Search request 1 may include one or more animal and plant objects for which no term information has been determined.
S1006,服务器12基于搜索请求1确定动植物对象的词条信息。S1006: The server 12 determines the entry information of the animal and plant object based on the search request 1.
服务器12可以从服务器12存储的百科库中确定出动植物对象的词条信息。The server 12 can determine the entry information of the animal and plant objects from the encyclopedia stored in the server 12 .
需要说明的是,在此步骤中,服务器12的百科库可以是基础百科库,也可以是详细百科库。其中,基础百科库的内容组成可以参考上述步骤S1004中表2所示的本地百科库的内容组成。详细百科库可以包括比基础百科库更多的内容,详细百科库的具体内容组成可以参考下述步骤S1011中的相关描述,本申请在此暂不详述。It should be noted that in this step, the encyclopedia library of server 12 may be a basic encyclopedia library or a detailed encyclopedia library. The content composition of the basic encyclopedia library may refer to the content composition of the local encyclopedia library shown in Table 2 in the above step S1004. The detailed encyclopedia may include more content than the basic encyclopedia. For the specific content composition of the detailed encyclopedia, please refer to the relevant description in step S1011 below, which will not be described in detail here in this application.
S1007,服务器12向终端11发送动植物对象的词条信息。S1007: The server 12 sends the entry information of the animal and plant objects to the terminal 11.
在一些实施例中,终端11也可以在确定出于搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象之后,将该一个或多个搜索对象发送给服务器12,请求服务器12返回该一个或多个搜索对象的词条信息。在这种情况下,上述步骤S1002、S1003,以及步骤S1006和步骤S1007可以全部由服务器12执行,即服务器12可以判断搜索对象是否为动植物对象,并分别确定动植物对象和非动植物对象的词条信息。可以理解的是,在另一些实施例中,终端11也可以直接将搜索信息发送给服务器12,由服务器12基于搜索信息确定出与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may also, after determining one or more search objects related to the search information, send the one or more search objects to the server 12 and request the server 12 to return the one or more search objects. entry information. In this case, the above steps S1002, S1003, as well as steps S1006 and S1007 can all be executed by the server 12, that is, the server 12 can determine whether the search object is an animal or plant object, and determine the identity of the animal or plant object and the non-animal or plant object respectively. Entry information. It can be understood that in other embodiments, the terminal 11 can also directly send the search information to the server 12, and the server 12 determines one or more search objects related to the search information based on the search information.
S1008,终端11确定搜索对象的词条信息的显示参数1。S1008: The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 1 of the search target term information.
搜索对象的词条信息可以包括动植物词条信息,也可以包括非动植物词条信息。动植物词条信息可以基于步骤S1004和/或步骤S1006确定。非动植物词条信息可以在步骤S1003中确定。The search object term information may include animal and plant term information, and may also include non-animal and plant term information. The animal and plant entry information may be determined based on step S1004 and/or step S1006. Non-animal and plant entry information may be determined in step S1003.
在确定搜索对象的词条信息之后,终端可以确定搜索对象的词条信息的显示参数1。After determining the term information of the search object, the terminal may determine the display parameter 1 of the term information of the search object.
显示参数1可以包括搜索对象的名称的参数(例如,文字字体、颜色、大小、显示位置,等等)、搜索对象的图片的参数(例如,位置、大小、格式、色调,等等)以及濒危等级的参数(例如,濒危等级标识的形状、大小、颜色、标识中的文字颜色和字体,等等)。在濒危等级的参数中,濒危等级标识的颜色可以基于该动植物对象的濒危等级确定,濒危等级越高,颜色越深,不同濒危等级的濒危标识颜色不同,等等。可选的,在确定濒危等级标识的颜色之后,濒危等级标识中的文字颜色也可以基于濒危等级标识的颜色来确定,便于用户阅读。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中所有濒危等级标识的显示参数都可以参考此处的描述。The display parameter 1 may include parameters of the name of the search object (for example, text font, color, size, display position, etc.), parameters of the picture of the search object (for example, position, size, format, tone, etc.), and endangered Parameters of the class (e.g., shape, size, color of the endangered class logo, color and font of text in the logo, etc.). Among the parameters of the endangerment level, the color of the endangerment level mark can be determined based on the endangerment level of the animal or plant object. The higher the endangerment level, the darker the color. The colors of the endangerment mark for different endangerment levels are different, etc. Optionally, after determining the color of the endangered grade logo, the text color in the endangered grade logo can also be determined based on the color of the endangered grade logo to facilitate user reading. It should be noted that the display parameters of all endangered level indicators in the embodiments of this application can refer to the description here.
S1009,终端11基于显示参数1显示搜索对象的词条信息。S1009: The terminal 11 displays the term information of the search object based on the display parameter 1.
终端11还可以在对搜索对象的词条信息进行渲染之后,再显示搜索对象的词条信息。The terminal 11 may also display the term information of the search object after rendering the term information of the search object.
示例性的,终端11显示的搜索对象的词条信息可以是上述图4C所示的熊词条423和熊猫词条424,也可以是上述图4E所示的panda词条445,等等。For example, the term information of the search object displayed by the terminal 11 may be the bear term 423 and the panda term 424 shown in the above-mentioned Figure 4C, or the panda term 445 shown in the above-mentioned Figure 4E, and so on.
这样,可以在用户输入搜索信息的同时,在搜索框的下拉列表中实时显示一个或多个与搜索信息有关的搜索对象的词条信息,为用户提供更多搜索对象的信息,便于用户在诸多搜索对象中确定搜索目标。In this way, while the user is inputting the search information, the entry information of one or more search objects related to the search information can be displayed in real time in the drop-down list of the search box, providing the user with more information about the search objects and making it easier for the user to search among many things. Determine the search target in the search object.
S1010,响应于搜索操作,终端11确定搜索目标,并向服务器12发送搜索请求2,用于请求服务器12向终端11发送搜索目标的百科信息。S1010. In response to the search operation, the terminal 11 determines the search target and sends a search request 2 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send encyclopedia information of the search target to the terminal 11.
用户针对终端11的搜索操作,可以是针对上述图4C等所示实施例中的搜索控件423的点击操作,也可以是针对上述图4C等所示的关联搜索项423的点击操作。在一些实施例中,搜索操作也可以是用户的语音输入,例如用户针对终端11输入的“搜索”等语音指令。The user's search operation on the terminal 11 may be a click operation on the search control 423 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C or the like, or a click operation on the associated search item 423 shown in the above FIG. 4C or the like. In some embodiments, the search operation may also be a user's voice input, such as a voice command such as "search" input by the user on the terminal 11 .
响应于搜索操作,终端11可以确定出搜索目标。例如,当搜索操作是针对搜索控件的点击操作时,搜索目标是与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象中与搜索信息关联性最强的搜索对象。又例如,当搜索操作是针对词条的点击操作时,搜索目标是该词条对应的搜索对象。In response to the search operation, the terminal 11 may determine the search target. For example, when the search operation is a click operation on the search control, the search target is the search object with the strongest correlation with the search information among one or more search objects related to the search information. For another example, when the search operation is a click operation on a term, the search target is the search object corresponding to the term.
在确定搜索目标之后,终端11可以向服务器12发送搜索请求2,用于请求服务器12向终端11发送搜索目标的百科信息。搜索请求2可以包括搜索目标和百科标识。百科标识可用于指示服务器12进行百科搜索。After determining the search target, the terminal 11 may send a search request 2 to the server 12 to request the server 12 to send the encyclopedia information of the search target to the terminal 11 . Search request 2 may include a search target and an encyclopedia identifier. The encyclopedia identifier may be used to instruct the server 12 to perform an encyclopedia search.
在一些实施例中,搜索请求2中也可以不包括百科标识。在这种情况下,服务器12可以基于搜索目 标确定是否进行百科搜索。例如,服务器12可以基于搜索目标是否属于百科库(基础百科库或详细百科库)中的对象确定是否进行百科搜索,等等。又例如,服务器12也可以基于搜索目标的类别是否属于动植物对象确定是否进行百科搜索,等等。In some embodiments, the search request 2 may not include the encyclopedia identifier. In this case, server 12 may mark to determine whether to perform an encyclopedia search. For example, the server 12 may determine whether to perform an encyclopedia search based on whether the search target belongs to an object in the encyclopedia (basic encyclopedia or detailed encyclopedia), and so on. For another example, the server 12 may also determine whether to perform an encyclopedia search based on whether the category of the search target belongs to animal or plant objects, and so on.
在一些实施例中,搜索请求2还可以包括该搜索目标的类别,用于指示该搜索目标是否为动植物对象。In some embodiments, the search request 2 may also include a category of the search target, which is used to indicate whether the search target is an animal or plant object.
S1011,服务器12基于搜索请求2确定搜索目标的百科信息,包括图片、属性信息、描述信息和相关搜索信息。S1011. The server 12 determines the encyclopedia information of the search target based on the search request 2, including pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information.
可选的,服务器12可以基于搜索请求2确定搜索目标是否为动植物对象。Optionally, the server 12 may determine whether the search target is an animal or plant object based on the search request 2 .
当搜索目标不是动植物对象时,服务器12确定与搜索目标有关的一个或多个网页为搜索结果,并将搜索结果发送给终端11。终端11显示搜索结果。在这种情况下,服务器12和终端11均不执行下述步骤。When the search target is not an animal or plant object, the server 12 determines one or more web pages related to the search target as search results, and sends the search results to the terminal 11 . The terminal 11 displays the search results. In this case, neither the server 12 nor the terminal 11 performs the following steps.
当搜索目标为动植物对象时,服务器12可以基于搜索请求2从服务器12存储的详细百科库中确定出搜索目标的百科信息。When the search target is an animal or plant object, the server 12 may determine the encyclopedia information of the search target from the detailed encyclopedia database stored in the server 12 based on the search request 2 .
详细百科库可以包括多个动植物对象的百科信息。动植物对象的百科信息可以包括图片、属性信息、描述信息和相关搜索信息。在一些实施例中,动植物对象的百科信息还可以包括以下任一项或多项:濒危等级标识、名称、等级信息和百科内容。The detailed encyclopedia library can include encyclopedia information of multiple animal and plant objects. Encyclopedia information of animal and plant objects can include pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information. In some embodiments, the encyclopedia information of animal and plant objects may also include any one or more of the following: endangered level identification, name, level information, and encyclopedia content.
其中,动植物对象的属性信息可以包括动物、植物、门、纲、目、科、属、种等一项或多项用于指示动植物对象属性的信息。The attribute information of animal and plant objects may include one or more information indicating the attributes of animal and plant objects, such as animal, plant, phylum, class, order, family, genus, species, etc.
描述信息是用于简略描述动植物对象的特征的信息。特征可以包括以下任一项或多项:形态特征、生活习性、分布地区、生活习性、种群现状等等。在一些实施例中,描述信息也可以包括上述属性信息。Description information is information used to briefly describe the characteristics of animal and plant objects. Characteristics can include any one or more of the following: morphological characteristics, living habits, distribution area, living habits, population status, etc. In some embodiments, the description information may also include the above attribute information.
相关搜索信息可以包括一个或多个与该动植物对象有关的搜索对象的基本信息。搜索对象的基本信息可以包括搜索对象的名称、图片、濒危等级标识、文字简介,等等。该一个或多个与该动植物对象有关的搜索对象可以包括动物、植物、吉祥物、卡通形象,等等。The related search information may include one or more basic information of search objects related to the animal or plant object. The basic information of the search object can include the name of the search object, pictures, endangered species identification, text introduction, etc. The one or more search objects related to the animal and plant objects may include animals, plants, mascots, cartoon characters, and so on.
需要说明的是,相关搜索信息可以直接从百科信息中获取。在另一些实施例中,相关搜索信息也可以基于用户的搜索习惯,或是基于其他用户的搜索频次来确定。例如,当搜索目标为熊猫、且搜索熊猫的用户中有70%的用户也搜索了小熊猫,则可以确定小熊猫的基本信息为熊猫的相关搜索信息,等等。It should be noted that relevant search information can be obtained directly from encyclopedia information. In other embodiments, the relevant search information may also be determined based on the user's search habits or based on the search frequencies of other users. For example, when the search target is pandas and 70% of the users who searched for pandas also searched for red pandas, it can be determined that the basic information about red pandas is the relevant search information about pandas, and so on.
等级信息可以包括动植物对象的濒危等级的名称、等级介绍、代表物种和物种图册,等等。The level information may include the name of the endangered level of the animal or plant object, level introduction, representative species and species atlas, etc.
百科内容可以包括动植物对象的以下任一项或多项内容:形态特征、生活习性、分布地区、生活习性、种群现状和现存数量,等等。Encyclopedia content can include any one or more of the following content of animal and plant objects: morphological characteristics, living habits, distribution areas, living habits, population status and existing numbers, etc.
示例性的,以熊猫为例,下面结合表3介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种动植物对象的百科信息。Illustratively, taking the panda as an example, the encyclopedia information of an animal and plant object provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below in conjunction with Table 3.
表3熊猫百科信息
Table 3 Panda Encyclopedia Information
如表3所示,详细百科库中熊猫的百科信息可以包括名称、图片、濒危等级、属性信息、描述信息以及相关搜索,等等。As shown in Table 3, the encyclopedia information of pandas in the detailed encyclopedia database can include names, pictures, endangered levels, attribute information, description information, related searches, etc.
其中,名称可用于指示熊猫的名称。图片可用于指示熊猫的图片或熊猫图片的存储地址片。例如“地址3”。濒危等级用于指示熊猫的濒危等级为VU。属性信息用于指示熊猫的门纲目科属种等属性,即脊索动物门、哺乳纲、食肉目、熊科、大熊猫属、大熊猫种。描述信息可以是“大熊猫,体态肥硕似熊、丰腴富态,头圆尾短,体色为黑白两色,有很大的黑眼圈”。与熊猫有关的相关搜索可以包括小熊猫的基本信息。Where name can be used to indicate the name of the panda. Picture can be used to indicate a picture of a panda or a slice of the address where the panda picture is stored. For example "Address 3". The endangerment level used to indicate the panda's endangerment level is VU. The attribute information is used to indicate the phylum, order, family, genus, species and other attributes of the panda, that is, Chordata, Mammalia, Carnivora, Ursidae, Giant Panda genus, and Giant Panda species. The description information can be "Giant panda, fat and bear-like, plump and plump, with a round head and short tail, black and white body color, and large dark circles under the eyes." Related searches related to pandas can include basic information about red pandas.
可以理解的是,表3仅为一个示例性说明,详细百科库中的百科信息也可以包括比表4更多或更少的内容,本申请在此不做限定。It can be understood that Table 3 is only an exemplary illustration, and the encyclopedia information in the detailed encyclopedia database may also include more or less content than Table 4, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,服务器12中的百科库(例如,详细百科库、基础百科库,等等)可以是以文本表格、 哈希表等表格形式存储在服务器12中,也可以采用其他形式存储在服务器12中,本申请对百科库的具体存储形式不做限定。服务器12中的百科库可以是预先配置的,也可以是其他已有的百科库。It should be noted that the encyclopedia library (for example, detailed encyclopedia library, basic encyclopedia library, etc.) in the server 12 can be in the form of text table, Table forms such as hash tables are stored in the server 12, or other forms can be used to store the encyclopedia in the server 12. This application does not limit the specific storage form of the encyclopedia. The encyclopedia library in the server 12 may be pre-configured, or may be other existing encyclopedia libraries.
搜索目标的百科信息即搜索目标在详细百科库中的百科信息,可以包括图片、属性信息、描述信息和相关搜索信息。在一些实施例中,搜索目标的百科信息还可以包括以下任一项或多项:濒危等级标识、名称、等级信息和百科内容。The encyclopedia information of the search target is the encyclopedia information of the search target in the detailed encyclopedia database, which can include pictures, attribute information, description information and related search information. In some embodiments, the encyclopedia information of the search target may also include any one or more of the following: endangered level identification, name, level information, and encyclopedia content.
S1012,服务器12向终端11发送搜索目标的百科信息。S1012. The server 12 sends the encyclopedia information of the search target to the terminal 11.
S1013,终端11基于搜索目标的百科信息确定搜索结果。S1013. The terminal 11 determines the search result based on the encyclopedia information of the search target.
搜索结果可以是服务器12发送的搜索目标的百科信息。The search results may be encyclopedia information of the search target sent by the server 12 .
在一些实施例中,当搜索目标的百科信息中不包括濒危等级(或濒危等级标识)、名称等词条信息中包括的内容时,搜索结果可以包括步骤S1007和步骤S1012中的信息,即包括搜索目标的百科信息和搜索目标的词条信息。In some embodiments, when the encyclopedia information of the search target does not include content included in the entry information such as endangerment level (or endangerment level identification), name, etc., the search results may include the information in step S1007 and step S1012, that is, include Encyclopedia information of the search target and entry information of the search target.
S1014,终端11确定搜索结果的显示参数2。S1014: The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 2 of the search result.
显示参数2可以按照搜索结果划分为不同部分,包括以下任一项或多项:主题参数、等级标识控件参数、属性信息参数、图片参数、描述信息参数、相关搜索信息参数等等。Display parameters 2 can be divided into different parts according to the search results, including any one or more of the following: theme parameters, level identification control parameters, attribute information parameters, picture parameters, description information parameters, related search information parameters, etc.
主题参数用于指示主题的文字字体、颜色、位置以及大小,等等。Theme parameters are used to indicate the theme's text font, color, position, size, etc.
等级标识控件参数用于指示等级标识控件的形状、大小、颜色、标识内的文字颜色及大小等等。等级标识控件的颜色可以基于搜索目标的濒危等级来确定。The level identification control parameters are used to indicate the shape, size, color, text color and size of the level identification control, etc. The color of the level identification control can be determined based on the endangered level of the search target.
属性信息参数用于指示搜索目标的属性信息的文字字体、颜色、位置以及大小。The attribute information parameter is used to indicate the text font, color, position and size of the attribute information of the search target.
描述信息参数用于指示描述信息的文字字体、颜色、位置以及大小。描述信息参数还用于指示描述信息所处位置的背景颜色。该背景颜色可以基于搜索目标的濒危等级确定。该背景颜色也可以与等级标识控件的颜色一致。The description information parameters are used to indicate the text font, color, position and size of the description information. The description information parameter is also used to indicate the background color of the location where the description information is located. The background color can be determined based on the endangered level of the search target. The background color can also be consistent with the color of the level identification control.
相关搜索信息参数可用于指示该一个或多个与搜索目标相关的搜索对象的基本信息的显示方式,包括但不限于该一个或多个搜索对象的位置顺序,搜索对象名称的字体、颜色以及大小,搜索对象图片的格式以及大小、搜索对象的濒危等级标识的颜色、形状以及大小,等等。Related search information parameters can be used to indicate the display method of basic information of one or more search objects related to the search target, including but not limited to the position order of the one or more search objects, the font, color and size of the search object name. , the format and size of the search object image, the color, shape and size of the search object's endangered level mark, etc.
显示参数2还可以包括超链接设置参数,用于指示终端11对搜索结果中的部分图片和/或文字做超链接处理。例如,指示终端11在等级标识控件处设置超链接,用于触发终端11显示搜索目标的濒危等级对应的等级信息。又例如,指示终端11在相关搜索信息中搜索对象的名称和/或图片处设置超链接,用于触发终端显示该搜索对象的搜索结果,等等。The display parameter 2 may also include a hyperlink setting parameter, which is used to instruct the terminal 11 to hyperlink some pictures and/or text in the search results. For example, the terminal 11 is instructed to set a hyperlink at the level identification control to trigger the terminal 11 to display level information corresponding to the endangered level of the search target. For another example, the terminal 11 is instructed to set a hyperlink at the name and/or picture of the search object in the relevant search information, which is used to trigger the terminal to display the search results of the search object, and so on.
示例性的,本申请实施例提供了一种描述信息参数的设置方式,具体流程可以包括以下步骤:Illustratively, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for setting description information parameters. The specific process may include the following steps:
1.基于描述信息确定文字内容。1. Determine text content based on description information.
2.基于搜索对象的濒危等级设置描述信息的背景颜色。2. Set the background color of the description information based on the endangered level of the search object.
3.根据背景颜色设置文字的颜色、文字字体和文字大小。3. Set the text color, text font and text size according to the background color.
又示例性的,相关搜搜信息参数的设置方式的具体流程可以包括以下步骤:As another example, the specific process of setting relevant search information parameters may include the following steps:
1.设置相关搜索信息的背景颜色。1. Set the background color of relevant search information.
2.设置相关搜索信息中搜索对象的图片内容、图片大小和图片色调。2. Set the image content, image size and image tone of the search object in the relevant search information.
3.基于相关搜索信息中搜索对象的濒危等级设置濒危等级标识的颜色。3. Set the color of the endangered level mark based on the endangered level of the search object in the relevant search information.
4.基于相关搜索信息中搜索对象的濒危等级确定搜索对象的位置顺序。4. Determine the position order of the search objects based on the endangered level of the search objects in the relevant search information.
在一些实施例中,终端11也可以基于终端11存储的一个或多个显示模板确定出搜索结果的显示参数2。可选的,终端11在确定搜索结果的显示模板之后,还可以基于搜索目标的等级(例如濒危等级)更改该显示模板中部分控件、文字或显示栏的颜色设置,等等。这样,通过选择已有的显示模板,可以快速确定出搜索结果的显示参数,缩短搜索结果的显示时间,提高方法的效率。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may also determine the display parameters 2 of the search results based on one or more display templates stored in the terminal 11 . Optionally, after determining the display template of the search results, the terminal 11 can also change the color settings of some controls, text or display columns in the display template based on the level of the search target (such as the endangered level), and so on. In this way, by selecting an existing display template, the display parameters of search results can be quickly determined, the display time of search results can be shortened, and the efficiency of the method can be improved.
S1015,终端11基于显示参数2显示搜索结果。S1015, the terminal 11 displays the search results based on the display parameter 2.
终端11可以在对搜索结果进行渲染之后,基于显示参数2显示搜索结果。The terminal 11 may display the search results based on the display parameter 2 after rendering the search results.
终端11显示搜索结果的界面可以是负一屏页面,例如上述图5A所示的界面500。在一些实施例中,终端11显示搜索结果的界面也可以是动植物百科模块界面,浏览器界面,应用程序或应用软件的界面, 等等。The interface on which the terminal 11 displays search results may be a one-screen page, such as the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A above. In some embodiments, the interface for displaying search results on the terminal 11 may also be an animal and plant encyclopedia module interface, a browser interface, an application program or an application software interface, etc.
在一些实施例中,终端11可以先显示搜索结果中的一项或多项内容,该一项或多项内容可以称作第一搜索结果(例如图5A所示界面500中显示的图片、属性信息、描述信息等内容)。终端11可以接收并响应于用户针对终端11的操作,显示第二搜索结果,该第二搜索结果为搜索结果中的一项或多项内容。例如,终端11可以响应于用户针对图5A所示的进入百科控件504的点击操作,显示图7A所示的界面700,这种情况下,第二搜索结果为界面700中显示的熊猫的形态特征等百科内容。又例如,终端11可以响应于用户针对图5A所示的等级标识控件502b的点击操作,显示图6A所示的界面600,这种情况下,第二搜索结果为界面600中显示的VU的等级信息,等等。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may first display one or more contents in the search results, and the one or more contents may be called the first search results (for example, pictures, attributes displayed in the interface 500 shown in FIG. 5A information, description information, etc.). The terminal 11 may receive and respond to the user's operation on the terminal 11 and display a second search result, where the second search result is one or more contents in the search result. For example, the terminal 11 may display the interface 700 shown in FIG. 7A in response to the user's click operation on the encyclopedia entry control 504 shown in FIG. 5A. In this case, the second search result is the morphological characteristics of the panda displayed in the interface 700. and other encyclopedia content. For another example, the terminal 11 may display the interface 600 shown in FIG. 6A in response to the user's click operation on the level identification control 502b shown in FIG. 5A. In this case, the second search result is the level of the VU displayed in the interface 600. Information, etc.
采用上述方法,当用户通过终端11搜索动植物对象时,终端11为用户显示的搜索结果主要包括该动植物对象的百科信息,不会有广告、股票等无关信息。用户可以快速高效地获取与该动植物对象有关的信息,而无需在终端11显示的众多信息中寻找有效信息。该搜索方法还能够在显示搜索结果的界面中显示动植物对象的濒危等级标识,且该界面中部分背景颜色以及濒危等级标识的颜色可以基于动植物对象的濒危等级确定,这样可以让用户更快地了解该动植物对象的濒危的等级,提高用户的动植物保护意识,保护生物的多样性。Using the above method, when a user searches for an animal or plant object through the terminal 11, the search results displayed to the user by the terminal 11 mainly include encyclopedia information of the animal or plant object, and there will be no irrelevant information such as advertisements and stocks. The user can quickly and efficiently obtain information related to the animal or plant object without looking for effective information among the numerous information displayed on the terminal 11 . This search method can also display the endangerment level identification of animal and plant objects in the interface that displays the search results, and some background colors and the colors of the endangerment level identification in the interface can be determined based on the endangerment level of animal and plant objects, which can make users faster Understand the endangered level of the animal and plant objects, improve users' awareness of animal and plant protection, and protect biological diversity.
此外,终端11还可以通过显示相关搜索信息为用户提供一个或多个与搜索目标相关的搜索对象的基本信息。In addition, the terminal 11 can also provide the user with basic information of one or more search objects related to the search target by displaying relevant search information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,服务器12也可以在确定搜索目标的百科信息的显示参数之后,将搜索目标的百科信息和对应的显示参数一并发送至终端11。在一些实施例中,服务器12也可以在确定动植物对象的词条信息的显示参数之后,将动植物对象的词条信息的显示参数和动植物对象的词条信息一并发送给终端11。在本申请实施例中,显示参数(包括上述显示参数1和显示参数2)既可以由终端11确定,也可以由服务器12确定,本申请在此不做限定。同样的,在本申请实施例中,针对词条信息的渲染操作和针对百科信息的渲染操作,既可以由终端11执行,也可以由服务器12执行。本申请在此不作限定。In a possible implementation, the server 12 may also send the encyclopedia information of the search target and the corresponding display parameters to the terminal 11 after determining the display parameters of the encyclopedia information of the search target. In some embodiments, the server 12 may also send the display parameters of the entry information of the animal and plant objects together with the entry information of the animal and plant objects to the terminal 11 after determining the display parameters of the entry information of the animal and plant objects. In the embodiment of this application, the display parameters (including the above-mentioned display parameter 1 and display parameter 2) can be determined by the terminal 11 or the server 12, which is not limited in this application. Similarly, in this embodiment of the present application, the rendering operation for entry information and the rendering operation for encyclopedia information can be performed by either the terminal 11 or the server 12 . This application is not limited here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11存储的本地百科库可以包括多个本地百科子库,每个本地百科子库对应一个类别(例如,动植物、城市、名人、景点,等等)。在这种情况下,当终端11基于用户输入的搜索信息确定出的搜索对象不是动植物对象时,终端11在搜索框的下拉列表中显示的该搜索对象的词条信息可以包括该搜索对象的名称和等级,还可以包括该搜索对象的图片。In a possible implementation, the local encyclopedia stored in the terminal 11 may include multiple local encyclopedia sub-bases, each local encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to a category (for example, animals and plants, cities, celebrities, attractions, etc.). In this case, when the terminal 11 determines that the search object is not an animal or plant object based on the search information input by the user, the term information of the search object displayed by the terminal 11 in the drop-down list of the search box may include the search object's entry information. Name and level, and can also include a picture of the search object.
示例性的,终端11基于搜索信息在搜索框的下拉列表中显示搜索对象的词条信息的具体流程可以包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, the specific process for the terminal 11 to display the term information of the search object in the drop-down list of the search box based on the search information may include the following steps:
S1101,终端11响应于用户输入的搜索信息,确定与搜索信息有关的搜索对象。S1101: In response to the search information input by the user, the terminal 11 determines a search object related to the search information.
在终端11接收到用户的搜索信息之后,基于搜索信息确定与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象。具体的内容,可以参考上述图10所示步骤S1001。After the terminal 11 receives the user's search information, one or more search objects related to the search information are determined based on the search information. For specific content, please refer to step S1001 shown in Figure 10 above.
S1102,终端11确定搜索对象的类别。S1102: The terminal 11 determines the category of the search object.
在确定与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象之后,终端11还可以确定该一个或多个搜索对象的类别。After determining one or more search objects related to the search information, the terminal 11 may also determine the category of the one or more search objects.
例如,搜索对象“熊”的类别为动物或动植物。搜索对象“青城山”的类别为景点。搜索对象“西安”的类别为城市。For example, the category of the search object "bear" is animals or flora and fauna. The category of the search object "Qingcheng Mountain" is attractions. The category of the search object "Xi'an" is city.
S1103,基于搜索对象的类别判断终端11能否从该类别对应的本地百科子库中确定搜索对象的词条信息。S1103. Based on the category of the search object, determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the search object from the local encyclopedia sub-database corresponding to the category.
终端11在确定搜索对象的类别之后,可以调用与该搜索对象的类别对应的本地百科子库,并判断终端11是否可以基于该本地百科子库确定出该搜索对象的词条信息。After determining the category of the search object, the terminal 11 can call the local encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to the category of the search object, and determine whether the terminal 11 can determine the entry information of the search object based on the local encyclopedia sub-base.
本地百科子库可以包括一个或多个同一类别的搜索对象的词条信息。The local encyclopedia sub-base may include entry information for one or more search objects of the same category.
词条信息可以包括搜索对象的名称、等级,可选的,还可以包括图片。其中,搜索对象的等级可以用于指示搜索对象的某一特点按照一定标准区分出的等级或排名。例如,当搜索对象为景点时,搜索对象的等级可以是景点的风景区等级,如“5A”、“4A”等。当搜索对象为城市时。搜索对象的等级可以是城市的宜居程度,如“宜居”、“不宜居”等。可以理解的是,当搜索对象为其他类别的人、事、物时,搜索对象的等级也可以指代该人、事或物的某一特点按照一定标准区分出的等级或排名。具体的示例可以参考上述图4D所示实施例中的相关表述,此处不再赘述。 The term information may include the name and level of the search object, and optionally, may also include pictures. Among them, the level of the search object can be used to indicate the level or ranking of a certain feature of the search object according to certain standards. For example, when the search object is an attraction, the level of the search object may be the scenic spot level of the attraction, such as "5A", "4A", etc. When the search object is a city. The level of the search object can be the livability of the city, such as "livable", "unlivable", etc. It can be understood that when the search object is other categories of people, things, or things, the level of the search object can also refer to the grade or ranking of a certain characteristic of the person, thing, or thing according to certain standards. For specific examples, please refer to the relevant expressions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4D above, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,下面结合表4介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种本地百科子库中搜索对象的词条信息。For example, the following describes the entry information of search objects in a local encyclopedia sub-base provided in the embodiment of the present application in conjunction with Table 4.
表4西安的词条信息
Table 4 Xi’an entry information
如表4所示,在城市类别对应的本地百科子库中,西安的词条信息可以包括类别栏、名称栏、图片栏和宜居等级栏。其中,类别栏用于指示西安所属的类别。名称栏用于提示指示西安的名称。图片栏用于指示西安的图片或西安的图片存储地址。濒危等级栏用于指示西安的宜居等级。根据表4可知,西安所属的类别为城市,西安的图片存储地址为地址5,宜居等级为宜居。终端11可以基于名称栏中的搜索对象的名称从本地百科子库中确定出搜索对象的图片、等级等词条信息。As shown in Table 4, in the local encyclopedia sub-database corresponding to the city category, Xi'an's entry information can include the category column, name column, picture column and livability level column. Among them, the category column is used to indicate the category Xi'an belongs to. The name column is used to prompt and indicate the name of Xi'an. The picture column is used to indicate pictures of Xi'an or the picture storage address of Xi'an. The endangered level column is used to indicate Xi'an's livability level. According to Table 4, it can be seen that the category of Xi'an is city, the image storage address of Xi'an is address 5, and the livability level is livable. The terminal 11 can determine the picture, level and other entry information of the search object from the local encyclopedia sub-database based on the name of the search object in the name column.
可以理解的是,表4只是示例性说明本地百科子库中词条信息的内容,在本申请实施例中,词条信息也可以包括比上述表4更多或更少的内容。It can be understood that Table 4 is only an example of the content of the entry information in the local encyclopedia sub-database. In the embodiment of the present application, the entry information may also include more or less content than the above-mentioned Table 4.
需要说明的是,本地百科库可以以文本表格、哈希表等表格形式存储在终端11中,也可以采用其他形式存储在终端11中,本申请对本地百科库的具体存储形式不做限定。It should be noted that the local encyclopedia can be stored in the terminal 11 in the form of text tables, hash tables, etc., or can be stored in the terminal 11 in other forms. This application does not limit the specific storage form of the local encyclopedia.
若终端11可以确定出搜索对象的词条信息,则执行下述步骤S1107。若终端11无法确定出搜索对象的词条信息,则执行下述步骤S1104至步骤S1106。If the terminal 11 can determine the term information of the search object, the following step S1107 is executed. If the terminal 11 cannot determine the term information of the search target, the following steps S1104 to S1106 are executed.
S1104,终端11向服务器12发送搜索请求3,用于请求服务器12向终端11发送搜索对象的词条信息。S1104: The terminal 11 sends a search request 3 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send the search object term information to the terminal 11.
当终端11基于本地百科库无法确定出搜索对象的词条信息时,终端11可以向服务器12发送搜索请求3,用于请求服务器12向终端11发送搜索对象的词条信息。搜索请求3可以包括一个或多个未确定出词条信息的搜索对象。在一些实施例中,搜索请求3可以包括用户输入的搜索信息。When the terminal 11 cannot determine the entry information of the search object based on the local encyclopedia, the terminal 11 may send a search request 3 to the server 12 to request the server 12 to send the entry information of the search object to the terminal 11 . The search request 3 may include one or more search objects for which term information has not been determined. In some embodiments, search request 3 may include user-entered search information.
S1105,服务器12基于搜索请求3确定搜索对象的词条信息。S1105: The server 12 determines the term information of the search object based on the search request 3.
服务器12可以从服务器12存储的百科库中确定出搜索对象的词条信息。服务器12存储的百科库也可以包括多个百科子库,不同百科子库对应不同的类别。服务器12可以基于搜索请求3确定搜索对象的类别,进而从该类别对应的百科子库中确定出搜索对象的词条信息。The server 12 may determine the term information of the search object from the encyclopedia stored in the server 12 . The encyclopedia stored in the server 12 may also include multiple encyclopedia sub-bases, and different encyclopedia sub-bases correspond to different categories. The server 12 may determine the category of the search object based on the search request 3, and then determine the entry information of the search object from the encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to the category.
百科子库可以包括多个同一类别的搜索对象的词条信息。词条信息的具体内容可以参考上述步骤S1004中的相关描述。An encyclopedia sub-base can include entry information for multiple search objects of the same category. For the specific content of the entry information, please refer to the relevant description in step S1004 above.
S1106,服务器12向终端11发送搜索对象的词条信息。S1106: The server 12 sends the search object term information to the terminal 11.
在一些实施例中,终端11也可以在确定出于搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象之后,将该一个或多个搜索对象发送给服务器12,请求服务器12返回该一个或多个搜索对象的词条信息。在这种情况下,上述步骤S1102和步骤S1105可以由服务器12执行,即服务器12可以判断搜索对象的类别,并分别确定搜索对象的词条信息。可以理解的是,在另一些实施例中,终端11也可以直接将搜索信息发送给服务器12,由服务器12基于搜索信息确定出与搜索信息有关的一个或多个搜索对象。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may also, after determining one or more search objects related to the search information, send the one or more search objects to the server 12 and request the server 12 to return the one or more search objects. entry information. In this case, the above steps S1102 and S1105 can be executed by the server 12, that is, the server 12 can determine the category of the search object and determine the term information of the search object respectively. It can be understood that in other embodiments, the terminal 11 can also directly send the search information to the server 12, and the server 12 determines one or more search objects related to the search information based on the search information.
S1107,终端11确定搜索对象的词条信息的显示参数3。S1107: The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 3 of the search target term information.
显示参数3的具体内容可以参考上述图10所示步骤S1008中的相关描述。For the specific content of display parameter 3, please refer to the relevant description in step S1008 shown in Figure 10 above.
S1108,终端11基于显示参数3显示搜索对象的词条信息。S1108: The terminal 11 displays the term information of the search object based on the display parameter 3.
终端11还可以在对搜索对象的词条信息进行渲染之后,再显示搜索对象的词条信息。The terminal 11 may also display the term information of the search object after rendering the term information of the search object.
示例性的,终端11显示的搜索对象的词条信息可以是上述图4D所示的青城山词条433,等等。For example, the entry information of the search object displayed by the terminal 11 may be the entry 433 of Qingcheng Mountain shown in FIG. 4D, and so on.
这样,即使搜索对象不是动植物,终端11也可以在搜索框的下拉列表中实时显示该搜索对象的图片、等级、名称等词条信息,为用户提供更多搜索对象的信息,便于用户在诸多搜索对象中确定搜索目标。In this way, even if the search object is not an animal or plant, the terminal 11 can still display the picture, grade, name and other entry information of the search object in real time in the drop-down list of the search box, providing the user with more information about the search object and making it easier for the user to search among many other objects. Determine the search target in the search object.
S1109-S1114与S1010-S1015类似,具体内容可以参考上述图10所示实施例中相应步骤的描述,此处不再赘述。S1109-S1114 are similar to S1010-S1015. For specific content, please refer to the description of the corresponding steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 and will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在此处所述的实施例中,服务器12中存储的详细百科库可以包括一个或多个类别的对象的百科信息,该一个或多个类别可以包括以下任一项或多项:动植物、名人、城市、景点、餐厅、酒店,等等。服务器12可以基于搜索目标从详细百科库中确定搜索目标的百科信息,也可以先确定搜索目标的类别,再基于搜索目标的类别从该类别对应的详细百科子库中确定出搜索目标的百科信息。It should be noted that, in the embodiment described here, the detailed encyclopedia stored in the server 12 may include encyclopedia information of one or more categories of objects, and the one or more categories may include any one or more of the following: Items: flora and fauna, celebrities, cities, attractions, restaurants, hotels, etc. The server 12 may determine the encyclopedia information of the search target from the detailed encyclopedia library based on the search target, or may first determine the category of the search target, and then determine the encyclopedia information of the search target from the detailed encyclopedia sub-base corresponding to the category based on the category of the search target. .
在一些实施例中,终端11还可以获取终端11的位置信息,并基于位置信息,显示附近动植物信息。 在本申请实施例中,附近动植物为栖息地或分布地区与终端的位置信息指示的地理位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 can also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 and display nearby animal and plant information based on the location information. In this embodiment of the present application, nearby animals and plants are animals and plants whose habitat or distribution area and the geographical location indicated by the terminal's location information are less than the first distance threshold.
终端11获取位置信息并显示附近动植物信息的具体流程可以包括以下步骤:The specific process for terminal 11 to obtain location information and display nearby animal and plant information may include the following steps:
S1201,终端11获取终端11的位置信息。S1201. The terminal 11 obtains the location information of the terminal 11.
终端11也可以响应于用户的搜索操作,获取终端11的位置信息。例如,当用户搜索动植物对象时,或者当用户搜索城市、景区等其他搜索目标时,终端11都可以响应于用户的搜索操作,获取终端11的位置信息。在另一些实施例中,终端11也可以响应于用户进入百科详情页的操作(例如,针对图5A所示进入百科控件504的点击操作,等等),获取终端11的位置信息。在另一些实施例中,终端11也可以响应于用户针对动植物百科控件的点击操作(例如图4B所示界面410中的动植物百科控件414a),获取终端11的位置信息。The terminal 11 may also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's search operation. For example, when the user searches for animal and plant objects, or when the user searches for other search targets such as cities and scenic spots, the terminal 11 can obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's search operation. In other embodiments, the terminal 11 can also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's operation of entering the encyclopedia details page (for example, the click operation of entering the encyclopedia control 504 shown in Figure 5A, etc.). In other embodiments, the terminal 11 can also obtain the location information of the terminal 11 in response to the user's click operation on the plant and animal encyclopedia control (for example, the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in Figure 4B).
位置信息可以是精确地理位置信息,例如经纬度信息,也可以是模糊地理位置信息,例如,城市、城市中的城区,等等。The location information can be precise geographical location information, such as longitude and latitude information, or fuzzy geographical location information, such as a city, an urban area in a city, and so on.
终端11可以通过终端11上的卫星定位模块获取终端11的经纬度信息。The terminal 11 can obtain the longitude and latitude information of the terminal 11 through the satellite positioning module on the terminal 11 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11也可以通过获取终端11的IP地址,并基于IP地址和城市的对应关系,确定出终端11所在的城市。其中,终端11可以存储有IP地址与城市的对应关系,在一些实施例中,终端11也可以从服务器12或者其他服务器处获取IP地址与城市的对应关系。In a possible implementation, the terminal 11 can also determine the city where the terminal 11 is located by obtaining the IP address of the terminal 11 and based on the corresponding relationship between the IP address and the city. The terminal 11 may store the corresponding relationship between the IP address and the city. In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may also obtain the corresponding relationship between the IP address and the city from the server 12 or other servers.
示例性的,表5示出了一种本申请实施例提供的IP地址与城市的对应关系。For example, Table 5 shows a corresponding relationship between IP addresses and cities provided by the embodiment of the present application.
表5IP地址与城市的对应关系
Table 5 Correspondence between IP addresses and cities
如表5所示,表5包括城市栏和IP地址栏。城市栏用于显示城市的名称,IP地址栏用于显示城市栏中的城市对应的IP地址。根据表5可知,当IP地址为202.100.4.15时,终端11可以确定终端11所在的城市为西安;当IP地址为202.96.154.15时,终端11可以确定终端11所在的城市为深圳;当IP地址为202.106.0.20时,终端11可以确定终端11所在的城市为北京。As shown in Table 5, Table 5 includes a city column and an IP address column. The city column is used to display the name of the city, and the IP address column is used to display the IP address corresponding to the city in the city column. According to Table 5, when the IP address is 202.100.4.15, the terminal 11 can determine that the city where the terminal 11 is located is Xi'an; when the IP address is 202.96.154.15, the terminal 11 can determine that the city where the terminal 11 is located is Shenzhen; when the IP address When it is 202.106.0.20, the terminal 11 can determine that the city where the terminal 11 is located is Beijing.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11也可以基于用户针对终端11的位置设置操作,将用户设置的位置确定为终端11的位置信息。示例性的,如图5C至图5D所示,终端11可以响应于用户针对图5C所示界面520中位置设置控件524的点击操作,显示如图5D所示的位置设置界面。具体的位置设置方式可以参考上述图5D所示实施例中的相关表述,本申请在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the terminal 11 may also determine the location set by the user as the location information of the terminal 11 based on the user's location setting operation on the terminal 11 . For example, as shown in FIGS. 5C to 5D , the terminal 11 may display the position setting interface as shown in FIG. 5D in response to the user's click operation on the position setting control 524 in the interface 520 shown in FIG. 5C . For the specific position setting method, reference can be made to the relevant expressions in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5D , which will not be described again in this application.
S1202,终端11向服务器12发送搜索请求4,用于请求服务器12发送终端11的附近动植物信息。S1202: The terminal 11 sends a search request 4 to the server 12, which is used to request the server 12 to send information about animals and plants near the terminal 11.
搜索请求4可以包括终端11的位置信息。The search request 4 may include location information of the terminal 11 .
在一些实施例中,终端11可以响应于用户的搜索操作,向服务器12发送搜索请求4。其中,终端11的位置信息可以包含在上述图10所示步骤S1010的搜索请求2之中,在这种情况下,搜索请求2可以包括搜索目标和终端11的位置信息,用于请求服务器12返回搜索目标的百科信息,以及终端11的附近动植物信息。在另一些实施例中,终端11的位置信息也可以作为一个与搜索请求2不同的搜索请求(即搜索请求4),向服务器12发送。即终端11还可以响应于用户的搜索操作,向服务器12发送搜索请求2和搜索请求4,搜索请求2包括搜索目标,搜索请求4包括终端11的位置信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 11 may send a search request 4 to the server 12 in response to the user's search operation. The location information of the terminal 11 may be included in the search request 2 of step S1010 shown in FIG. 10 . In this case, the search request 2 may include the search target and the location information of the terminal 11 to request the server 12 to return Search the encyclopedia information of the target, as well as the information of nearby animals and plants in Terminal 11. In other embodiments, the location information of the terminal 11 may also be sent to the server 12 as a search request different from the search request 2 (ie, search request 4). That is, the terminal 11 can also respond to the user's search operation and send search request 2 and search request 4 to the server 12. Search request 2 includes the search target, and search request 4 includes the location information of the terminal 11.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端11也可以在接收到用户进入百科详情页的操作之后,向服务器12发送搜索请求4。In a possible implementation, the terminal 11 may also send a search request 4 to the server 12 after receiving the user's operation to enter the encyclopedia details page.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端11还可以在接收到用户针对动植物百科控件(例如图4B所示的界面410中的动植物百科控件414a)的点击操作,向服务器12发送搜索请求4。In another possible implementation, the terminal 11 can also send a search request to the server 12 after receiving the user's click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control (such as the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the interface 410 shown in Figure 4B). 4.
S1203,服务器12基于终端11的位置信息确定附近动植物信息,包括附近动植物的名称、图片、濒危等级和距离信息。S1203. The server 12 determines the information of nearby animals and plants based on the location information of the terminal 11, including the names, pictures, endangered levels and distance information of nearby animals and plants.
服务器12在接收到终端11的位置信息之后,可以基于终端11的位置信息和详细百科库中动植物的分布情况,确定与终端11所处地理位置的距离小于第一距离阈值的一个或多个动植物为附近动植物。After receiving the location information of the terminal 11, the server 12 can determine one or more locations whose distance to the geographical location of the terminal 11 is less than the first distance threshold based on the location information of the terminal 11 and the distribution of animals and plants in the detailed encyclopedia. The flora and fauna are the nearby flora and fauna.
需要说明的是,当终端11的位置信息包括精确地理位置信息时,终端11所处地理位置可以是该精确 地理位置信息指示的位置。当终端11的位置信息只有模糊地理位置信息时,服务器12可以将该模糊地理位置信息的中心确定为终端11所处地理位置,例如,当终端11的位置信息为深圳市南山区时,服务器12可以将深圳市南山区的中心确定为终端11所处地理位置。It should be noted that when the location information of the terminal 11 includes precise geographical location information, the geographical location of the terminal 11 may be the precise geographical location. The location indicated by the geolocation information. When the location information of the terminal 11 only has fuzzy geographical location information, the server 12 can determine the center of the fuzzy geographical location information as the geographical location of the terminal 11. For example, when the location information of the terminal 11 is Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, the server 12 The center of Nanshan District, Shenzhen City can be determined as the geographical location of the terminal 11.
在确定附近动植物之后,服务器12可以基于附近动植物从详细百科库中确定出附近动植物信息,附近动植物信息可以包括:附近动植物的名称、图片、濒危等级、距离信息。在一些实施例中,附近动植物信息还可以包括附近动植物的描述信息,等等。After determining the nearby animals and plants, the server 12 may determine nearby animal and plant information from a detailed encyclopedia based on the nearby animals and plants. The nearby animal and plant information may include: names, pictures, endangered levels, and distance information of nearby animals and plants. In some embodiments, the information about nearby animals and plants may also include descriptive information about nearby animals and plants, and so on.
其中,濒危等级用于提示该附近动植物的濒危等级。距离信息用于提示该附近动植物与终端11的距离。附近动植物的描述信息用于简略描述附近动植物的特征的信息。特征可以包括以下任一项或多项:形态特征、生活习性、分布地区、生活习性、种群现状等等。Among them, the endangered level is used to indicate the endangered level of nearby animals and plants. The distance information is used to prompt the distance between the nearby animals and plants and the terminal 11 . Description information of nearby animals and plants is used to briefly describe the characteristics of nearby animals and plants. Characteristics can include any one or more of the following: morphological characteristics, living habits, distribution area, living habits, population status, etc.
S1204,服务器12向终端11发送附近动植物信息。S1204: The server 12 sends nearby animal and plant information to the terminal 11.
S1205,终端11确定附近动植物信息的显示参数4。S1205: The terminal 11 determines the display parameter 4 of nearby animal and plant information.
显示参数4可以包括名称参数、濒危等级标识参数、图片参数、位置顺序参数、距离信息参数,在一些实施例中,还可以包括描述信息参数。The display parameters 4 may include name parameters, endangered level identification parameters, picture parameters, position order parameters, distance information parameters, and in some embodiments, may also include description information parameters.
其中,名称参数用于指示附近动植物名称的字体、大小、颜色以及显示位置。Among them, the name parameter is used to indicate the font, size, color and display position of the names of nearby animals and plants.
濒危等级标识参数用于指示附近动植物的濒危等级标识的颜色、形状、大小、濒危等级标识内文字的大小和颜色,等等。具体可以参考上述图10所示步骤S1014中的相关描述。The endangered species label parameters are used to indicate the color, shape, size, size and color of the text within the endangered species label for nearby animals and plants, etc. For details, reference may be made to the relevant description in step S1014 shown in Figure 10 above.
图片参数用于指示附近动植物的图片大小、显示位置、色调,等等。Image parameters are used to indicate the image size, display position, color tone, etc. of nearby animals and plants.
位置顺序参数用于指示一个或多个动植物的左右位置顺序和/或上下位置顺序。例如,濒危等级越高的动植物,显示位置越靠左。与终端11距离越近的动植物,显示位置越靠左,等等。The position order parameter is used to indicate the left-right position order and/or the up-down position order of one or more animals and plants. For example, the higher the endangerment level of animals and plants, the further to the left they are displayed. The closer the animals and plants are to the terminal 11, the closer the display position is to the left, and so on.
距离信息参数用于指示距离信息的字体、颜色、大小以及显示位置。The distance information parameters are used to indicate the font, color, size, and display position of the distance information.
描述信息参数用于指示描述信息的文字字体、颜色、位置以及大小。描述信息参数还用于指示描述信息所处位置的背景颜色。该背景颜色可以基于搜索目标的濒危等级确定。该背景颜色也可以与濒危等级标识的颜色一致。The description information parameters are used to indicate the text font, color, position and size of the description information. The description information parameter is also used to indicate the background color of the location where the description information is located. The background color can be determined based on the endangered level of the search target. The background color can also be consistent with the color of the endangered classification mark.
S1206,终端11基于显示参数4显示附近动植物信息。S1206: The terminal 11 displays nearby animal and plant information based on the display parameter 4.
终端11可以在对附近动植物信息执行渲染操作之后,基于显示参数4显示附近动植物信息。The terminal 11 may display the nearby animal and plant information based on the display parameter 4 after performing a rendering operation on the nearby animal and plant information.
示例性的,终端11基于显示参数4显示的附近动植物信息可以是上述图5C所示实施例中的附近动植物栏521,也可以是图7B所示实施例中的附近动植物栏712。For example, the nearby animal and plant information displayed by the terminal 11 based on the display parameter 4 may be the nearby animal and plant column 521 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5C , or the nearby animal and plant column 712 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7B .
采用上述方法,可以在终端11上显示用户附近的动植物信息,以及这些动植物的濒危信息,这样,有助于提高用户对濒危动植物的保护意识,保护生物多样性。Using the above method, the information of animals and plants near the user, as well as the endangered information of these animals and plants, can be displayed on the terminal 11, which helps to improve the user's awareness of the protection of endangered animals and plants and protect biological diversity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述图10所示步骤S1010之后,即服务器12在接收到终端11发送的搜索请求2之后,响应于搜索请求2,服务器12还可以基于搜索请求2进行网页索引,确定出于网页搜索结果,网页搜索结果包括一个或多个搜索对象有关的网页。服务器12可以将网页搜索结果发送至终端11,终端11可以显示该网页搜索结果。网页搜索结果可以是图5B所示界面510中的网页结果511和网页结果512。In a possible implementation, after step S1010 shown in FIG. 10 , that is, after the server 12 receives the search request 2 sent by the terminal 11, in response to the search request 2, the server 12 can also perform web page processing based on the search request 2. Indexing determines the web search results, and the web search results include one or more web pages related to the search object. The server 12 can send the web page search results to the terminal 11, and the terminal 11 can display the web page search results. The web page search results may be web page results 511 and web page results 512 in the interface 510 shown in Figure 5B.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一界面也可以写作搜索界面(例如图4B所示实施例中的界面410、浏览器搜索界面、网页搜索界面,等等)。第二界面可以是图4C至图4F所示的界面,第三界面可以是图5A至图5C所示的搜索界面显示界面。当用户输入的搜索信息为第一搜索信息时,终端11基于第一搜索信息或基于用户的搜索操作确定的搜索目标也可以写作第一搜索对象。用户针对终端11的搜索操作可以写作第一搜索操作。终端向服务器发送的第一搜索请求可以是上述实施例中的搜索请求2,终端向服务器发送的第二搜索请求可以是上述实施例中的搜索请求1或搜索请求3。第二操作可以是用户进入百科详情页的操作(例如,针对图5A所示进入百科控件504的点击操作,等等),也可以是用户针对动植物百科控件的点击操作(例如针对图4B所示界面410中的动植物百科控件414a的点击操作),等等。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the first interface can also be written as a search interface (for example, the interface 410 in the embodiment shown in Figure 4B, a browser search interface, a web page search interface, etc.). The second interface may be the interface shown in FIGS. 4C to 4F, and the third interface may be the search interface display interface shown in FIGS. 5A to 5C. When the search information input by the user is the first search information, the search target determined by the terminal 11 based on the first search information or based on the user's search operation may also be written as the first search object. The user's search operation on the terminal 11 can be written as a first search operation. The first search request sent by the terminal to the server may be search request 2 in the above embodiment, and the second search request sent by the terminal to the server may be search request 1 or search request 3 in the above embodiment. The second operation may be the user's operation to enter the encyclopedia details page (for example, the click operation to enter the encyclopedia control 504 shown in FIG. 5A, etc.), or it may be the user's click operation to enter the animal and plant encyclopedia control (for example, the click operation to enter the encyclopedia control 504 shown in FIG. 4B). Click operation on the animal and plant encyclopedia control 414a in the display interface 410), and so on.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种系统10的功能模块示意图。The following is a schematic diagram of the functional modules of a system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图13所示,系统10可以包括交互模块1101、解析模块1102、本地百科模块1103、渲染模块1104、显示模块1105、位置获取模块1106、解析模块1201和百科模块1202。可选的,系统10还可以包括网页 索引模块1203。在一些实施例中,显示模块1105也可以与交互模块1101合并为一个模块。其中,交互模块1101、解析模块1102、本地百科模块1103、渲染模块1104、显示模块1105和位置获取模块1106位于终端11中。解析模块1201、百科模块1202和网页索引模块1203位于服务器12中。As shown in Figure 13, the system 10 may include an interaction module 1101, a parsing module 1102, a local encyclopedia module 1103, a rendering module 1104, a display module 1105, a location acquisition module 1106, a parsing module 1201 and an encyclopedia module 1202. Optionally, the system 10 may also include a web page Index module 1203. In some embodiments, the display module 1105 and the interaction module 1101 can also be combined into one module. Among them, the interaction module 1101, the analysis module 1102, the local encyclopedia module 1103, the rendering module 1104, the display module 1105 and the location acquisition module 1106 are located in the terminal 11. The parsing module 1201, the encyclopedia module 1202 and the web page indexing module 1203 are located in the server 12.
下面结合搜索方法的步骤介绍图13所示的各个模块的功能。The functions of each module shown in Figure 13 will be introduced below in conjunction with the steps of the search method.
系统10基于用户输入的搜索信息确定搜索对象,并显示搜索对象的词条信息的流程可以包括以下步骤:The process of the system 10 determining the search object based on the search information input by the user and displaying the term information of the search object may include the following steps:
1.交互模块1101接收用户输入的搜索信息。1. The interaction module 1101 receives the search information input by the user.
2.交互模块1101将搜索信息发送至解析模块1102。2. The interaction module 1101 sends the search information to the parsing module 1102.
3.解析模块1102基于搜索信息确定出一个或多个与搜索信息有关的搜索对象。3. The parsing module 1102 determines one or more search objects related to the search information based on the search information.
4.解析模块1102将搜索对象发送至本地百科模块1103。4. The parsing module 1102 sends the search object to the local encyclopedia module 1103.
5.本地百科模块1103中的搜索模块1103a基于搜索对象,从本地百科库模块1103b中存储的本地百科库中确定出搜索对象的词条信息。5. Based on the search object, the search module 1103a in the local encyclopedia module 1103 determines the entry information of the search object from the local encyclopedia stored in the local encyclopedia module 1103b.
6.本地百科模块1103将搜索对象的词条信息发送至渲染模块1104。6. The local encyclopedia module 1103 sends the entry information of the search object to the rendering module 1104.
7.解析模块1102向服务器12中的解析模块1201发送搜索对象。7. The parsing module 1102 sends the search object to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 .
解析模块1102在确定出搜索对象之后,还可以将搜索对象发送至服务器12中的解析模块1201,请求服务器12发送搜索对象的词条信息。在一些实施例中,解析模块1102也可以直接将搜索信息发送至解析模块1201。After determining the search object, the parsing module 1102 may also send the search object to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 and request the server 12 to send the term information of the search object. In some embodiments, the parsing module 1102 can also directly send the search information to the parsing module 1201.
8.解析模块1201将搜索对象发送至百科模块1202。8. The parsing module 1201 sends the search object to the encyclopedia module 1202.
9.百科模块1202中的搜索模块1202a基于搜索对象从百科库模块1202b存储的百科库中确定出搜索对象的词条信息。9. The search module 1202a in the encyclopedia module 1202 determines the entry information of the search object from the encyclopedia library stored in the encyclopedia library module 1202b based on the search object.
百科库模块1202b中存储的百科库可以包括图10和图11所示实施例中的详细百科库,也可以包括基础百科库。需要说明的是,百科模块1202还可以包括配置模块1202c,用于配置百科库模块1202b中存储的百科库。The encyclopedia stored in the encyclopedia module 1202b may include the detailed encyclopedia in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 , or may also include a basic encyclopedia. It should be noted that the encyclopedia module 1202 may also include a configuration module 1202c, which is used to configure the encyclopedia library stored in the encyclopedia library module 1202b.
10.百科模块1202将搜索对象的词条信息发送至终端11中的渲染模块1104。10. The encyclopedia module 1202 sends the entry information of the search object to the rendering module 1104 in the terminal 11 .
11.渲染模块1104确定词条信息的显示参数1,并渲染词条信息。11. The rendering module 1104 determines the display parameter 1 of the entry information and renders the entry information.
12.渲染模块1104将渲染后的词条信息发送至显示模块1105。12. The rendering module 1104 sends the rendered entry information to the display module 1105.
13.显示模块1105显示词条信息。13. The display module 1105 displays the entry information.
系统10基于用户输入的搜索操作确定搜索目标,并显示搜索目标的搜索结果的流程可以包括以下步骤:The process in which the system 10 determines the search target based on the search operation input by the user and displays the search results of the search target may include the following steps:
1.交互模块1101接收用户的搜索操作,并将用户的操作信息发送至解析模块1102。1. The interaction module 1101 receives the user's search operation and sends the user's operation information to the analysis module 1102.
2.解析模块1102基于用户的操作信息确定搜索目标。2. The parsing module 1102 determines the search target based on the user's operation information.
3.解析模块1102向服务器12中的解析模块1201发送搜索目标,请求返回搜索目标的百科信息。3. The parsing module 1102 sends the search target to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 and requests the return of the encyclopedia information of the search target.
4.解析模块1201将搜索目标发送至百科模块1202。4. The parsing module 1201 sends the search target to the encyclopedia module 1202.
5.百科模块1202中的搜索模块1202a基于搜索目标从百科库模块1202b中存储的百科库中确定搜索目标的百科信息。5. The search module 1202a in the encyclopedia module 1202 determines the encyclopedia information of the search target from the encyclopedia library stored in the encyclopedia library module 1202b based on the search target.
6.百科模块1202将搜索目标的百科信息发送至终端11中的渲染模块1104。6. The encyclopedia module 1202 sends the encyclopedia information of the search target to the rendering module 1104 in the terminal 11 .
7.渲染模块1104在确定搜索结果的显示参数,并将搜索结果渲染之后发送至显示模块1105。7. The rendering module 1104 determines the display parameters of the search results and renders the search results before sending them to the display module 1105.
8.显示模块1105显示渲染之后的搜索结果。8. The display module 1105 displays the search results after rendering.
在一些实施例中,服务器12还可以包括网页索引模块1203,可用于基于搜索对象,获取与搜索对象有关的一个或多个网页,以及该一个或多个网页的标题、链接、图片、详细内容,等等。网页索引模块1203还可用于对该一个或多个网页排序。In some embodiments, the server 12 may also include a web page index module 1203, which may be used to obtain one or more web pages related to the search object based on the search object, as well as the title, link, picture, and detailed content of the one or more web pages. ,etc. Web page indexing module 1203 may also be used to rank the one or more web pages.
系统10获取终端11的位置信息,并显示一个或多个附近动植物信息的流程可以包括以下步骤:The process for the system 10 to obtain the location information of the terminal 11 and display one or more nearby animal and plant information may include the following steps:
1.交互模块1101可以响应于用户的操作,向位置获取模块1106发送位置信息获取请求。1. The interaction module 1101 can respond to the user's operation and send a location information acquisition request to the location acquisition module 1106.
2.位置获取模块1106响应于位置信息获取请求,获取终端11的位置信息。2. The location acquisition module 1106 responds to the location information acquisition request and acquires the location information of the terminal 11.
3.位置获取模块1106将位置信息发送至服务器12中的解析模块1201,用于请求返回附近动植物信息。3. The location acquisition module 1106 sends the location information to the parsing module 1201 in the server 12 for requesting the return of nearby animal and plant information.
4.解析模块1201基于位置信息确定出一个或多个附近动植物。4. The analysis module 1201 determines one or more nearby animals and plants based on the location information.
5.解析模块1201将附近动植物发送至百科模块1202。 5. The analysis module 1201 sends nearby animals and plants to the encyclopedia module 1202.
6.百科模块1202中的搜索模块1202a基于附近动植物从百科库模块1202b中确定出附近动植物信息。6. The search module 1202a in the encyclopedia module 1202 determines nearby animal and plant information from the encyclopedia library module 1202b based on nearby animals and plants.
7.百科模块1202将附近动植信息发送给渲染模块1104。7. The encyclopedia module 1202 sends the nearby animal and plant information to the rendering module 1104.
8.渲染模块1104确定附近动植物信息的显示参数,并渲染附近动植物信息。8. The rendering module 1104 determines the display parameters of nearby animal and plant information, and renders the nearby animal and plant information.
9.渲染模块1104将渲染后的附近动植物信息发送至显示模块1105。9. The rendering module 1104 sends the rendered nearby animal and plant information to the display module 1105.
10.显示模块1105显示渲染后的附近动植物信息。10. The display module 1105 displays the rendered nearby animal and plant information.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,服务器12也可以包括渲染模块,该渲染模块可以执行渲染模块1104的全部或部分功能。It should be noted that in some embodiments, the server 12 may also include a rendering module, which may perform all or part of the functions of the rendering module 1104.
在一些实施例中,解析模块1102还可用于确定搜索对象和/或搜索目标的类别。In some embodiments, the parsing module 1102 may also be used to determine categories of search objects and/or search targets.
在另一些实施例中,解析模块1102还可用于判断搜索对象和/或搜索目标是否为动植物对象。In other embodiments, the parsing module 1102 can also be used to determine whether the search object and/or the search target is an animal or plant object.
上述步骤的具体内容可以参考上述图10、图11和图12所示实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific content of the above steps, reference can be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 , FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 , and will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,上述图13所示的系统10的功能模块结构只是一个范例,在本申请实施例中,系统10可以具有比图13中所示的更多的或者更少的模块,可以组合两个或多个的模块,或者可以具有不同的模块配置。It can be understood that the functional module structure of the system 10 shown in FIG. 13 is just an example. In the embodiment of the present application, the system 10 may have more or fewer modules than those shown in FIG. 13 and may be combined. Two or more modules, or can have different module configurations.
本申请的各实施方式可以任意进行组合,以实现不同的技术效果。The various embodiments of the present application can be combined arbitrarily to achieve different technical effects.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in this application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the processes in the methods of the above embodiments are implemented. This process can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program. The program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, , may include the processes of the above method embodiments. The aforementioned storage media include: ROM, random access memory (RAM), magnetic disks, optical disks and other media that can store program codes.
总之,以上所述仅为本发明技术方案的实施例而已,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。凡根据本发明的揭露,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。 In short, the above descriptions are only examples of the technical solutions of the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made based on the disclosure of the present invention shall be included in the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (15)

  1. 一种搜索方法,其特征在于,包括:A search method, characterized by including:
    终端显示第一界面,所述第一界面包括搜索框,所述搜索框用于接收用户的输入的搜索信息;The terminal displays a first interface, the first interface includes a search box, and the search box is used to receive search information input by the user;
    所述终端接收用户输入的第一搜索信息;The terminal receives the first search information input by the user;
    响应于所述第一搜索信息,所述终端显示第二界面,所述第二界面包括所述搜索框以及下拉列表,所述搜索框中包括所述第一搜索信息,所述下拉列表中包括第一搜索对象的第一词条信息,所述第一搜索对象与所述第一搜索信息有关,所述第一词条信息包括所述第一搜索对象的名称和所述第一搜索对象的等级;In response to the first search information, the terminal displays a second interface, the second interface includes the search box and a drop-down list, the search box includes the first search information, and the drop-down list includes First term information of a first search object, the first search object is related to the first search information, and the first term information includes the name of the first search object and the name of the first search object. grade;
    所述终端接收第一搜索操作;The terminal receives a first search operation;
    响应于所述第一搜索操作,所述终端向服务器发送第一搜索请求;In response to the first search operation, the terminal sends a first search request to the server;
    所述终端接收所述服务器发送的所述第一搜索对象的百科信息,所述第一搜索对象的百科信息包括所述第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果;The terminal receives the encyclopedia information of the first search object sent by the server, and the encyclopedia information of the first search object includes the first search result of the first search object;
    所述终端显示第三界面,所述第三界面包括所述第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果;The terminal displays a third interface, and the third interface includes the first search result of the first search object;
    其中,所述第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果包括以下信息中至少一项:所述第一搜索对象的名称,所述第一搜索对象的描述信息、所述第一搜索对象的相关搜索信息和所述第一搜索对象的图片。Wherein, the first search result of the first search object includes at least one of the following information: the name of the first search object, the description information of the first search object, and the related search information of the first search object. and the picture of the first search object.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下拉列表中还包括第二搜索对象的第二词条信息,所述第二搜索对象与所述第一搜索信息有关,所述第二条信息包括所述第二搜索对象的名称和所述第二搜索对象的等级。The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the drop-down list also includes second term information of a second search object, the second search object is related to the first search information, and the second search object is related to the first search information. The piece of information includes the name of the second search object and the level of the second search object.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端显示第二界面之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, before the terminal displays the second interface, the method further includes:
    所述终端基于所述第一搜索信息从所述终端的百科库确定所述第一词条信息,其中,所述百科库中存储有多个词条信息;The terminal determines the first entry information from an encyclopedia database of the terminal based on the first search information, wherein a plurality of entry information is stored in the encyclopedia database;
    或者,or,
    所述终端向所述服务器发送第二搜索请求,所述第二搜索请求包括所述第一搜索信息;The terminal sends a second search request to the server, where the second search request includes the first search information;
    所述终端从所述服务器接收所述第一词条信息。The terminal receives the first entry information from the server.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二界面还包括搜索控件,所述搜索控件用于触发搜索所述搜索信息;The method according to claim 2, wherein the second interface further includes a search control, and the search control is used to trigger a search for the search information;
    所述终端接收第一搜索操作,具体包括:The terminal receives the first search operation, which specifically includes:
    所述终端接收用户在所述第二界面中针对所述搜索控件的操作;The terminal receives a user's operation on the search control in the second interface;
    响应于所述针对所述搜索控件的操作,所述终端确定所述第一搜索请求包括所述第一搜索对象,其中,所述第一搜索对象为与所述第一搜索信息关联性最强的搜索对象。In response to the operation on the search control, the terminal determines that the first search request includes the first search object, wherein the first search object is the one with the strongest correlation with the first search information. search object.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收第一搜索操作,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the terminal receives a first search operation, specifically including:
    所述终端接收用户针对所述第一词条信息的选择操作。The terminal receives a user's selection operation on the first entry information.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下拉列表位于所述搜索框的下方。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, characterized in that the drop-down list is located below the search box.
  7. 根据权利要求2或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一搜索对象的等级与所述第二搜索对象的等级不同,所述第一词条信息中所述第一搜索对象的等级的显示样式与所述第二词条信息中所述第二搜索对象的等级的显示样式不同。The method according to claim 2 or 4, characterized in that the level of the first search object is different from the level of the second search object, and the level of the first search object in the first entry information is The display style is different from the display style of the level of the second search object in the second term information.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一词条信息还包括所述第一搜索对象的图片。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the first term information further includes a picture of the first search object.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一搜索对象的第一搜索结果还包括所述第一搜索对象的等级;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the first search result of the first search object also includes the level of the first search object;
    在所述终端显示第三界面中,所述第一搜索对象的等级以第一显示样式显示,所述第一显示样式和所述第一搜索对象的等级相对应。 In the third interface displayed by the terminal, the level of the first search object is displayed in a first display style, and the first display style corresponds to the level of the first search object.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一搜索请求包括所述终端的位置;The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first search request includes the location of the terminal;
    在所述终端向所述服务器发送所述第一搜索请求之后,所述方法还包括:After the terminal sends the first search request to the server, the method further includes:
    所述终端接收所述服务器发送一个或多个动植物信息,其中,所述一个或多个动植物为栖息地与所述终端的位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物,所述一个或多个动植物信息包括动植物的名称、动植物的濒危等级、动植物的图片和动植物的栖息地与所述终端的位置之间的距离;The terminal receives one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, wherein the one or more animals and plants are animals and plants whose habitat and the location of the terminal are less than a first distance threshold, and the One or more pieces of animal and plant information include names of animals and plants, endangered levels of animals and plants, pictures of animals and plants, and distances between the habitats of animals and plants and the location of the terminal;
    所述终端显示所述一个或多个动植物信息。The terminal displays the one or more animal and plant information.
  11. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端接收用户的第二操作;The terminal receives the user's second operation;
    响应于所述第二操作,所述终端向所述服务器发送所述终端的位置;In response to the second operation, the terminal sends the location of the terminal to the server;
    所述终端接收所述服务器发送一个或多个动植物信息,其中,所述一个或多个动植物为栖息地与所述终端的位置之间的距离小于第一距离阈值的动植物,所述一个或多个动植物信息包括动植物的名称、动植物的濒危等级、动植物的图片和动植物的栖息地与所述终端的位置之间的距离;The terminal receives one or more animal and plant information sent by the server, wherein the one or more animals and plants are animals and plants whose habitat and the location of the terminal are less than a first distance threshold, and the One or more pieces of animal and plant information include names of animals and plants, endangered levels of animals and plants, pictures of animals and plants, and distances between the habitats of animals and plants and the location of the terminal;
    所述终端显示所述一个或多个动植物信息。The terminal displays the one or more animal and plant information.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一搜索对象为动植物对象时,所述第一搜索对象的等级为濒危等级。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that when the first search object is an animal or plant object, the level of the first search object is an endangered level.
  13. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一搜索对象为景点时,所述第一搜索对象的等级为景区等级。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that when the first search object is a scenic spot, the level of the first search object is a scenic spot level.
  14. 一种电子设备,为终端,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器;所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当所述一个或多个处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述终端执行上述权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法。An electronic device, which is a terminal, is characterized in that it includes: one or more processors, and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the terminal is caused to execute the requirements of any one of the above claims 1-13. method described.
  15. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,其特征在于,当所述计算机指令在终端上运行时,使得所述终端执行上述权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions, characterized in that when the computer instructions are run on a terminal, the terminal is caused to execute the method described in any one of claims 1-13.
PCT/CN2023/102072 2022-06-30 2023-06-25 Search method and system, and related apparatus WO2024001943A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210763937.9 2022-06-30
CN202210763937.9A CN117349508A (en) 2022-06-30 2022-06-30 Searching method, searching system and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024001943A1 true WO2024001943A1 (en) 2024-01-04

Family

ID=89363815

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/102072 WO2024001943A1 (en) 2022-06-30 2023-06-25 Search method and system, and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117349508A (en)
WO (1) WO2024001943A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170024424A1 (en) * 2015-07-26 2017-01-26 Saad Almohizea Suggestive search engine
CN106503258A (en) * 2016-11-18 2017-03-15 深圳市世强元件网络有限公司 A kind of precise search method in website station
CN107657024A (en) * 2017-09-27 2018-02-02 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 A kind of search result methods of exhibiting, device, equipment and storage medium
CN108537596A (en) * 2018-04-16 2018-09-14 北京车慧互动广告有限公司 Method, apparatus, system and the memory that vehicle is recommended in search box
CN112231546A (en) * 2020-09-30 2021-01-15 北京三快在线科技有限公司 Heterogeneous document ordering method, heterogeneous document ordering model training method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170024424A1 (en) * 2015-07-26 2017-01-26 Saad Almohizea Suggestive search engine
CN106503258A (en) * 2016-11-18 2017-03-15 深圳市世强元件网络有限公司 A kind of precise search method in website station
CN107657024A (en) * 2017-09-27 2018-02-02 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 A kind of search result methods of exhibiting, device, equipment and storage medium
CN108537596A (en) * 2018-04-16 2018-09-14 北京车慧互动广告有限公司 Method, apparatus, system and the memory that vehicle is recommended in search box
CN112231546A (en) * 2020-09-30 2021-01-15 北京三快在线科技有限公司 Heterogeneous document ordering method, heterogeneous document ordering model training method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117349508A (en) 2024-01-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11722449B2 (en) Notification message preview method and electronic device
WO2020244492A1 (en) Screen projection display method and electronic device
CN111724775B (en) Voice interaction method and electronic equipment
WO2020207326A1 (en) Dialogue message sending method and electronic device
CN111694475B (en) Terminal control method and device and terminal equipment
US11663751B2 (en) System and method for selecting scenes for browsing histories in augmented reality interfaces
WO2020119464A1 (en) Video splitting method and electronic device
CN114422640B (en) Equipment recommendation method and electronic equipment
CN114745468A (en) Electronic device, theme setting method and medium thereof
WO2023179490A1 (en) Application recommendation method and an electronic device
WO2024001943A1 (en) Search method and system, and related apparatus
WO2023071441A1 (en) Method and apparatus for displaying letters in contact list, and terminal device
WO2023005711A1 (en) Service recommendation method and electronic device
WO2022033432A1 (en) Content recommendation method, electronic device and server
US20230308604A1 (en) Video call making method, terminal device, and storage medium
CN116668580A (en) Scene recognition method, electronic device and readable storage medium
WO2021031862A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus thereof
WO2023197951A1 (en) Search method and electronic device
CN116095219B (en) Notification display method and terminal device
CN115841099B (en) Intelligent recommendation method of page filling words based on data processing
US20230273842A1 (en) Method of generating screenshot and electronic device performing the method
CN115563338B (en) Photo pushing method and related device
CN116738073B (en) Method, equipment and storage medium for identifying residence
CN116437293B (en) Geofence establishment method, server and communication system
WO2023274025A1 (en) Message processing method and related apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23830121

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1